Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 108907:38cf1b719b59
Include <strings.h> and <string.h> instead of
"strings.h" and "string.h".
author | Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu> |
---|---|
date | Mon, 07 Jun 2010 19:29:12 -0700 |
parents | 0b28d05fa415 |
children | 8cdd65a4d95c |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
64770
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1988, 1993, 1994, 1995, |
a0d1312ede66
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
64084
diff
changeset
|
3 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, |
106815 | 4 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 5 |
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
7 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
314 | 9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
11 (at your option) any later version. |
314 | 12 |
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
16 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
17 | |
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
94946
diff
changeset
|
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
314 | 20 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <config.h> |
314 | 22 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 24 #include <ctype.h> |
105669
68dd71358159
* alloc.c: Do not define struct catchtag.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
104957
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <setjmp.h> |
314 | 26 |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
314 | 32 #include "termchar.h" |
33 #include "termopts.h" | |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
34 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 37 #include "buffer.h" |
88351
aac41b50c875
Include "character.h" instead of "charset.h".
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "character.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 40 #include "frame.h" |
83004
7900111db01c
Converted display hooks to be display-local. Plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82995
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "termhooks.h" |
314 | 42 #include "window.h" |
43 #include "commands.h" | |
44 #include "disptab.h" | |
45 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
46 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 47 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 48 #include "process.h" |
314 | 49 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
50 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 53 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 54 |
314 | 55 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
56 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 57 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 58 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
59 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
63 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
64 #include "nsterm.h" |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
65 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
66 |
25012 | 67 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
68 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
69 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
70 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 |
25012 | 72 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
73 | |
74 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
75 #include <unistd.h> | |
76 #endif | |
77 | |
314 | 78 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 79 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
80 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
81 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
82 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 83 |
84 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
85 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
86 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
87 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
88 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
91 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
92 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
93 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
94 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
95 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
99 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 100 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
101 #endif | |
25012 | 102 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
103 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
104 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 105 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
106 #endif | |
25012 | 107 |
108 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
109 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
110 | |
111 struct dim | |
112 { | |
113 int width; | |
114 int height; | |
115 }; | |
116 | |
117 | |
118 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
119 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
120 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
121 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
122 static int showing_window_margins_p P_ ((struct window *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
123 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
125 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 126 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
127 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
128 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
129 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
130 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
131 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
132 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
133 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 134 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
135 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
136 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
137 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
138 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
139 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
140 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 141 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
142 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 143 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
144 #endif |
25012 | 145 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
146 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
147 struct window *)); | |
148 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
149 struct window *)); | |
150 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
151 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
152 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
153 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
154 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
155 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
156 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
158 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
159 int, int)); | |
160 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
161 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
162 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
163 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 164 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
165 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 166 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
167 int)); | |
168 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
169 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
170 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 171 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
172 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
173 #endif |
25012 | 174 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
175 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
176 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
177 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
178 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
179 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
180 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 181 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
182 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
183 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
184 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
185 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
186 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 187 |
188 | |
189 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
190 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
191 scrolling. */ | |
192 | |
193 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
194 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
195 /* Define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING to 1, if micro-second timers |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
196 are supported, so we can check for input during redisplay at |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
197 regular intervals. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
198 #ifdef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
199 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 1 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
200 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
201 #define PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING 0 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
202 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
203 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
204 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
205 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
206 /* If a number (float), check for user input every N seconds. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
207 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
208 Lisp_Object Vredisplay_preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
209 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
210 /* Redisplay preemption timers. */ |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
211 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
212 static EMACS_TIME preemption_period; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
213 static EMACS_TIME preemption_next_check; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
214 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
215 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
216 |
554 | 217 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 218 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 219 |
764 | 220 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 221 |
25012 | 222 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 223 |
224 int display_completed; | |
225 | |
25012 | 226 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
227 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 228 |
229 int visible_bell; | |
230 | |
764 | 231 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 232 |
233 int inverse_video; | |
234 | |
235 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
236 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
237 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 238 |
25012 | 239 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
240 creates the first frame. */ |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
241 |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
242 Lisp_Object Vinitial_window_system; |
314 | 243 |
244 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 245 |
314 | 246 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
247 | |
25012 | 248 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
249 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 250 |
251 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 252 as a character code. |
253 | |
254 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
255 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 256 |
257 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
258 | |
259 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
260 | |
261 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
262 | |
25012 | 263 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
264 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 265 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
266 | |
314 | 267 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
268 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
269 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 270 |
314 | 271 |
25012 | 272 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
273 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
274 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
275 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 276 |
277 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 278 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 279 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
280 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 281 |
282 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
283 | |
284 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
285 | |
286 int delayed_size_change; | |
287 | |
288 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
289 | |
290 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
291 | |
292 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
293 | |
294 struct window *updated_window; | |
295 | |
296 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
297 | |
298 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
299 int updated_area; | |
300 | |
301 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
302 | |
303 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
304 | |
305 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
306 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
307 | |
308 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
309 int glyph_pool_count; | |
310 | |
311 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
312 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
313 | |
314 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
315 | |
316 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
317 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
318 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
319 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
94946
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
320 loaded on demand. Another reason is that a line contains many |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
321 characters displayed by zero width or very narrow glyphs of |
6009a07ef854
(fonts_changed_p): Comment improved.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
94909
diff
changeset
|
322 variable-width fonts. */ |
25012 | 323 |
324 int fonts_changed_p; | |
325 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
326 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 327 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
328 | |
329 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
330 | |
331 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
332 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
333 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
334 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
335 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
356 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
71141 | 363 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
366 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
371 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
376 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
377 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
381 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
387 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
394 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
399 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
404 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
408 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
409 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
418 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
419 () |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
424 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
425 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
426 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
427 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
428 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
429 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
430 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
431 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
432 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
433 |
25012 | 434 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
435 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
436 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
437 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 438 |
439 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
440 | |
441 | |
442 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
443 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
444 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 445 |
446 void | |
447 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
448 const char *from; |
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
449 char *to; |
314 | 450 int size; |
451 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
452 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 453 return; |
454 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
456 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
457 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
458 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
459 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
460 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
461 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
462 else |
314 | 463 { |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
464 register const char *endf = from + size; |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
465 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 466 |
467 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
468 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
469 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
470 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
471 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
472 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 473 if (to - from < 64) |
474 { | |
475 do | |
476 *--endt = *--endf; | |
477 while (endf != from); | |
478 } | |
479 else | |
480 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
481 for (;;) |
314 | 482 { |
483 endt -= (to - from); | |
484 endf -= (to - from); | |
485 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
486 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
487 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
488 |
314 | 489 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
490 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
491 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
492 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 493 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
494 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 495 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
496 } | |
497 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
498 } |
314 | 499 |
25012 | 500 |
501 | |
502 /*********************************************************************** | |
503 Glyph Matrices | |
504 ***********************************************************************/ | |
505 | |
506 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
507 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
508 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
509 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
510 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
511 | |
512 struct glyph_matrix * | |
513 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
514 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
515 { | |
516 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
517 | |
518 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
519 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
520 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
521 | |
522 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
523 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
524 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
525 | |
526 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
527 result->pool = pool; | |
528 return result; | |
529 } | |
530 | |
531 | |
532 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
533 | |
534 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
535 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
536 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
537 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
538 |
25012 | 539 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
540 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
541 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
542 | |
543 static void | |
544 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
545 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
546 { | |
547 if (matrix) | |
548 { | |
549 int i; | |
550 | |
551 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
552 allocated. */ | |
553 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
554 abort (); | |
555 | |
556 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
557 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
558 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
559 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
560 |
25012 | 561 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
562 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
563 xfree (matrix); | |
564 } | |
565 } | |
566 | |
567 | |
568 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
569 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
570 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
571 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
572 or a float. */ | |
573 | |
574 static int | |
575 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
576 struct window *w; | |
577 int total_glyphs; | |
578 Lisp_Object margin; | |
579 { | |
580 int n; | |
581 | |
582 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
583 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
584 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 585 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
586 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
57808
a1c4ff636947
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Don't use ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56727
diff
changeset
|
587 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); |
25012 | 588 } |
589 else | |
590 n = 0; | |
591 | |
592 return n; | |
593 } | |
594 | |
595 | |
596 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
597 window sizes. | |
598 | |
599 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
600 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
601 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
602 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
603 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
604 | |
605 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
606 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
607 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
608 MATRIX->pool. | |
609 | |
610 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
611 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
612 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
613 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
614 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
615 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
616 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
617 | |
618 static void | |
619 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
620 struct window *w; | |
621 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
622 int x, y; | |
623 struct dim dim; | |
624 { | |
625 int i; | |
626 int new_rows; | |
627 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 628 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
629 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 630 int left = -1, right = -1; |
80274
b818bce5757f
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Initialize window_height.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
631 int window_width = -1, window_height = -1; |
25012 | 632 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
633 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
634 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 635 if (w) |
636 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
637 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
638 |
25546 | 639 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
640 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 641 } |
25546 | 642 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 643 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
644 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
645 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 646 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
647 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
648 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
649 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
650 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
651 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 652 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
653 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
654 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
655 | |
656 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
657 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 658 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
659 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
660 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 661 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
662 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
663 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
664 return; | |
665 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
666 |
25012 | 667 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
668 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
669 { | |
670 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
671 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
672 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
673 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
674 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
675 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
676 } | |
677 else | |
678 new_rows = 0; | |
679 | |
680 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
681 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
682 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
683 if (matrix->pool) | |
684 { | |
685 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
686 |
25012 | 687 if (w) |
688 { | |
689 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
690 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 691 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
692 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 693 } |
694 else | |
695 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
696 |
25012 | 697 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
698 { | |
699 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
700 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
701 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 702 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
703 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
704 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
705 |
25012 | 706 if (w == NULL |
707 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 708 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 709 { |
710 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
711 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
712 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
713 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
714 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
715 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
716 } | |
717 else | |
718 { | |
719 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
720 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
721 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
722 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
723 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
724 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
725 } | |
726 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
727 |
25012 | 728 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
729 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
730 } | |
731 else | |
732 { | |
733 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
734 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
735 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 736 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
737 || new_rows | |
25546 | 738 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 739 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
740 { | |
741 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
742 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
743 |
25012 | 744 while (row < end) |
745 { | |
746 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
747 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
748 (dim.width | |
749 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
750 |
25012 | 751 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
752 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 753 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 754 { |
755 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
756 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
757 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
758 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
759 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
760 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
761 } | |
762 else | |
763 { | |
764 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
765 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
766 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
767 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
768 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
769 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
770 } | |
771 ++row; | |
772 } | |
773 } | |
774 | |
775 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
776 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
777 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
778 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
779 |
25012 | 780 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
781 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
782 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 783 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
784 if (w) |
25012 | 785 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 787 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
789 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
790 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
791 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
792 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
793 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
794 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
795 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
796 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
797 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
798 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
799 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
800 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
801 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
802 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
803 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
804 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
805 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
806 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
807 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
808 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
809 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
810 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
811 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
812 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
815 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
818 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
819 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
820 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
821 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
822 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
823 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
824 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
825 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
826 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
827 } |
25012 | 828 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
829 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 830 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
831 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
832 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
833 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
834 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 835 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
836 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
837 } | |
838 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
839 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
840 |
25012 | 841 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
842 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
843 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
844 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
845 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
846 | |
847 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
848 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
849 if (w) | |
850 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
851 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
852 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 853 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
854 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
855 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
856 } | |
857 } | |
858 | |
859 | |
860 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
861 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
862 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
863 below). */ | |
314 | 864 |
865 static void | |
25012 | 866 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
867 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
868 int start, end; | |
314 | 869 { |
25012 | 870 int i, j; |
871 | |
872 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
873 { | |
874 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
875 initialization. */ | |
876 struct glyph_row temp; | |
877 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
878 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
879 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
880 } | |
314 | 881 } |
882 | |
25012 | 883 |
884 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
885 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
886 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
887 row structures are moved around). | |
888 | |
889 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
890 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
891 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
892 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
893 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
894 rotating right. */ | |
895 | |
896 void | |
897 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
898 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
899 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 900 { |
25012 | 901 if (by < 0) |
902 { | |
903 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
904 by = -by; | |
905 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
906 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
907 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
908 } | |
909 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 910 { |
25012 | 911 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
912 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
913 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
914 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 915 } |
25012 | 916 } |
917 | |
918 | |
919 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
920 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
921 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
922 | |
923 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
924 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 925 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
926 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
927 { | |
928 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
929 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
930 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
931 xassert (start <= end); | |
932 | |
933 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
934 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 935 } |
936 | |
937 | |
938 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
939 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
940 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
941 | |
942 void | |
943 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
944 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
945 int start, end; | |
946 int enabled_p; | |
947 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
948 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
949 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
950 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
951 |
25012 | 952 for (; start < end; ++start) |
953 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
954 } | |
955 | |
956 | |
957 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
958 | |
959 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
960 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
961 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
962 enabled_p flag. | |
963 | |
964 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
965 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
966 | |
967 void | |
968 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
969 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
970 { | |
971 if (matrix) | |
314 | 972 { |
25012 | 973 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
974 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 975 } |
976 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
977 |
25012 | 978 |
979 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
980 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
981 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
982 | |
983 void | |
984 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
985 struct window *w; | |
986 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
987 int start, end, dy; | |
988 { | |
989 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
990 |
25012 | 991 xassert (start <= end); |
992 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
993 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
994 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
995 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
996 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
997 |
25012 | 998 for (; start < end; ++start) |
999 { | |
1000 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1001 |
25012 | 1002 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1003 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1004 |
25012 | 1005 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1006 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1007 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1008 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1009 } |
1010 } | |
1011 | |
1012 | |
1013 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1014 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1015 current matrix. */ | |
1016 | |
1017 void | |
1018 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1019 register struct frame *f; | |
1020 { | |
1021 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1022 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1023 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1024 | |
1025 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1026 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1027 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1028 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1029 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1030 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1031 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1032 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1033 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1034 |
1035 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1036 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1037 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1038 } | |
1039 | |
1040 | |
1041 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1042 |
21514 | 1043 void |
25012 | 1044 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1045 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1046 { |
25012 | 1047 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1048 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1049 |
25012 | 1050 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
1051 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1052 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1053 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1054 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1055 |
1056 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1057 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1058 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1059 } | |
1060 | |
1061 | |
1062 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1063 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1064 | |
1065 static void | |
1066 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1067 struct window *w; | |
1068 int desired_p; | |
1069 { | |
1070 while (w) | |
314 | 1071 { |
25012 | 1072 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1073 { | |
1074 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1075 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1076 } | |
1077 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1078 { |
25012 | 1079 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1080 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1081 } | |
1082 else | |
1083 { | |
1084 if (desired_p) | |
1085 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1086 else | |
314 | 1087 { |
25012 | 1088 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1089 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1090 } |
25012 | 1091 } |
1092 | |
1093 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1094 } | |
1095 } | |
1096 | |
1097 | |
1098 | |
1099 /*********************************************************************** | |
1100 Glyph Rows | |
1101 | |
1102 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1103 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1104 | |
1105 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1106 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1107 structure members. */ | |
1108 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1109 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1110 |
25012 | 1111 void |
1112 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1113 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1114 { | |
1115 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1116 | |
1117 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1118 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1119 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1120 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1121 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1122 | |
1123 /* Clear. */ | |
1124 *row = null_row; | |
1125 | |
1126 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1127 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1128 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1129 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1130 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1131 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1132 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1133 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1134 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1135 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1136 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1137 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1138 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1139 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1140 #endif |
25012 | 1141 } |
1142 | |
1143 | |
1144 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1145 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1146 | |
1147 void | |
1148 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1149 struct window *w; | |
1150 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1151 int y; | |
1152 { | |
1153 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1155 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1156 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1157 |
25012 | 1158 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1159 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1160 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1161 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1162 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
25012 | 1164 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1165 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1166 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1167 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1168 |
1169 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1170 } | |
1171 | |
1172 | |
1173 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1174 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1175 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1176 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1177 ends. */ | |
1178 | |
1179 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1180 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1181 struct glyph_row *row; |
1182 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1183 { | |
1184 int area, i; | |
1185 | |
1186 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1187 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1188 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1189 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1190 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1191 CHARPOS (row->start.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1192 BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) += delta_bytes; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1193 CHARPOS (row->end.pos) += delta; |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1194 BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) += delta_bytes; |
25012 | 1195 |
65003
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1196 if (!row->enabled_p) |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1197 return; |
74ab28cf1192
(increment_row_positions): Skip non-enabled rows.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
64776
diff
changeset
|
1198 |
25012 | 1199 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ |
1200 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1201 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1202 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1203 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1204 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1205 | |
1206 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1207 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1208 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1209 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1210 } | |
1211 | |
1212 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1213 #if 0 |
25012 | 1214 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1215 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1216 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1217 | |
1218 static void | |
1219 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1220 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1221 { | |
1222 int area; | |
1223 | |
1224 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1225 { | |
1226 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1227 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1228 | |
1229 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1230 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1231 | |
1232 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1233 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1234 | |
1235 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1236 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1237 | |
1238 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1239 { | |
1240 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1241 initialization. */ | |
1242 struct glyph temp; | |
1243 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1244 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1245 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1246 ++glyph_a; | |
1247 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1248 } |
1249 } | |
1250 } | |
25012 | 1251 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1252 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1253 |
1254 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1255 | |
1256 static INLINE void | |
1257 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1258 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1259 { | |
1260 int i; | |
1261 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1262 { | |
1263 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1264 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1265 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1266 } | |
1267 } | |
1268 | |
1269 | |
1270 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1271 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1272 | |
1273 INLINE void | |
1274 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1275 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1276 { | |
1277 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1278 | |
1279 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1280 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1281 | |
1282 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1283 *to = *from; | |
1284 | |
1285 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1286 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1287 } | |
1288 | |
1289 | |
1290 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1291 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1292 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1293 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1294 | |
1295 void | |
1296 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1297 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1298 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1299 { | |
1300 int area; | |
1301 | |
1302 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1303 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1304 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1305 | |
1306 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1307 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1308 if (from->used[area]) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1309 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], |
25012 | 1310 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
1311 | |
1312 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1313 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1314 } |
1315 | |
1316 | |
1317 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1318 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1319 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1320 a memory leak. */ | |
1321 | |
1322 static INLINE void | |
1323 assign_row (to, from) | |
1324 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1325 { | |
1326 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1327 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1328 } | |
1329 | |
1330 | |
1331 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1332 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1333 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1334 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1335 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1336 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1337 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1338 |
25012 | 1339 static int |
1340 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1341 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1342 { | |
1343 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1344 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1345 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1346 | |
1347 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1348 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1349 } | |
1350 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1351 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1352 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1353 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1354 |
25012 | 1355 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1356 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1357 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1358 | |
1359 static struct glyph_row * | |
1360 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1361 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1362 int row; | |
1363 { | |
1364 int i; | |
1365 | |
1366 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1367 | |
1368 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1369 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1370 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1371 break; | |
1372 | |
1373 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1374 } | |
1375 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1376 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1377 |
1378 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1379 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1380 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1381 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1382 | |
1383 void | |
1384 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1385 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1386 { | |
1387 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1388 { | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1389 unsigned rp = row->reversed_p; |
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
25012 | 1391 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1392 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
107624
552007beee69
Finish and debug display of invisible text.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107617
diff
changeset
|
1393 row->reversed_p = rp; |
25012 | 1394 } |
1395 } | |
1396 | |
1397 | |
1398 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1399 | |
1400 int | |
1401 line_hash_code (row) | |
1402 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1403 { | |
1404 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1405 |
25012 | 1406 if (row->enabled_p) |
1407 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1408 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1409 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1410 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1411 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1412 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1413 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1414 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1415 if (FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1416 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1417 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1418 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1419 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1420 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1421 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1422 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1423 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1424 } |
1425 | |
1426 return hash; | |
1427 } | |
1428 | |
1429 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1430 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1431 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1432 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1433 | |
1434 static unsigned int | |
1435 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1436 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1437 int vpos; | |
1438 { | |
1439 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1440 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1441 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1442 int len; | |
1443 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1444 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1445 | |
1446 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1447 if (!FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
25012 | 1448 { |
1449 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1450 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1451 --end; |
1452 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1453 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1454 if (end == beg) |
1455 return 0; | |
1456 | |
1457 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1458 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1459 ++beg; | |
1460 } | |
1461 | |
1462 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1463 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1464 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1465 len = end - beg; | |
1466 else | |
1467 { | |
1468 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1469 in LEN. */ | |
1470 len = 0; | |
1471 while (beg < end) | |
1472 { | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1473 GLYPH g; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1475 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (g, *beg); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
1476 |
92387
41d029d73eac
(line_draw_cost): Fix invalid glyph check.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
92276
diff
changeset
|
1477 if (GLYPH_INVALID_P (g) |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1478 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1479 len += 1; |
1480 else | |
1481 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1482 |
25012 | 1483 ++beg; |
1484 } | |
1485 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1486 |
25012 | 1487 return len; |
1488 } | |
1489 | |
1490 | |
1491 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1492 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1493 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1494 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1495 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1496 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1497 static INLINE int |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1498 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1499 struct window *w; |
1500 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1501 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1502 { |
1503 if (a == b) | |
1504 return 1; | |
1505 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1506 return 0; | |
1507 else | |
1508 { | |
1509 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1510 int area; | |
1511 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1512 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1513 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1514 |
25012 | 1515 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1516 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1517 { | |
1518 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1519 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1520 |
25012 | 1521 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1522 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1523 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1524 |
25012 | 1525 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1526 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1527 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1528 |
25012 | 1529 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1530 return 0; | |
1531 } | |
1532 | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1533 if (a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1534 || a->cursor_in_fringe_p != b->cursor_in_fringe_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1535 || a->left_fringe_bitmap != b->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1536 || a->left_fringe_face_id != b->left_fringe_face_id |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1537 || a->right_fringe_bitmap != b->right_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
1538 || a->right_fringe_face_id != b->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
1539 || a->overlay_arrow_bitmap != b->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
1540 || a->exact_window_width_line_p != b->exact_window_width_line_p |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1541 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1542 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1543 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
107636
b5cb7368c1bc
Continue work on continuation lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107624
diff
changeset
|
1544 || a->reversed_p != b->reversed_p |
25012 | 1545 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ |
1546 || a->x != b->x | |
1547 /* Different height. */ | |
1548 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1549 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1550 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1551 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1552 return 0; | |
1553 } | |
1554 | |
1555 return 1; | |
1556 } | |
1557 | |
1558 | |
314 | 1559 |
25012 | 1560 /*********************************************************************** |
1561 Glyph Pool | |
1562 | |
1563 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1564 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1565 | |
1566 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1567 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1568 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1569 | |
1570 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1571 new_glyph_pool () | |
1572 { | |
1573 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1574 | |
1575 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1576 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1577 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
25012 | 1579 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1580 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1581 |
25012 | 1582 return result; |
1583 } | |
1584 | |
1585 | |
1586 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1587 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1588 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1589 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1590 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1591 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1592 | |
1593 static void | |
1594 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1595 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1596 { | |
1597 if (pool) | |
1598 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1599 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1600 --glyph_pool_count; |
1601 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1602 | |
1603 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1604 xfree (pool); | |
1605 } | |
1606 } | |
1607 | |
1608 | |
1609 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1610 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1611 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1612 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1613 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1614 | |
1615 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1616 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1617 | |
1618 static int | |
1619 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1620 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1621 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1622 { | |
1623 int needed; | |
1624 int changed_p; | |
1625 | |
1626 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1627 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1628 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1629 | |
1630 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1631 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1632 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1633 { | |
1634 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1635 | |
1636 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1637 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1638 else | |
1639 { | |
1640 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1641 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1642 } | |
1643 | |
1644 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1645 } | |
1646 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1647 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1648 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1649 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1650 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1651 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1652 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1653 |
25012 | 1654 return changed_p; |
1655 } | |
1656 | |
1657 | |
1658 | |
1659 /*********************************************************************** | |
1660 Debug Code | |
1661 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1662 | |
1663 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1664 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1665 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1666 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from the debugger. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1667 XXX Maybe this should be changed to flush the current terminal instead of |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1668 stdout. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1669 */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1671 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1672 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1673 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1674 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1675 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1676 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1677 |
25012 | 1678 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1679 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1680 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1681 MATRIX. */ | |
1682 | |
1683 void | |
1684 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1685 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1686 { | |
1687 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
25012 | 1689 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1690 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1691 xassert (i == j | |
1692 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1693 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1694 } | |
1695 | |
1696 | |
1697 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1698 | |
1699 struct glyph_row * | |
1700 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1701 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1702 int row; | |
1703 { | |
1704 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1705 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1706 | |
1707 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1708 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1709 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1710 #if 0 |
25012 | 1711 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1712 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1713 |
25012 | 1714 return matrix->rows + row; |
1715 } | |
1716 | |
1717 | |
1718 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1719 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1720 nevertheless. */ | |
1721 | |
1722 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1723 window W. */ | |
1724 | |
1725 static void | |
1726 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1727 struct window *w; |
1728 { | |
25012 | 1729 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1730 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1731 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1732 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1733 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1734 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1735 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1736 |
25012 | 1737 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1738 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1739 return; | |
1740 | |
1741 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1742 | |
1743 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1744 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1745 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1746 { | |
1747 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1748 | |
1749 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1750 last_text_row = row; | |
1751 | |
1752 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1753 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1754 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1755 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->start.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1756 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->start.pos))); |
25012 | 1757 |
1758 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1759 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1760 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1761 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1762 { |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1763 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1764 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1765 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1766 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (row->end.pos))); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1767 } |
25012 | 1768 |
1769 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1770 of next row. */ | |
1771 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1772 { | |
1773 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1774 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1775 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1776 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
108656
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1777 xassert (CHARPOS (row->end.pos) == CHARPOS (next->start.pos)); |
0b28d05fa415
Initial reimplementation of calculating line edge positions in bidi lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107991
diff
changeset
|
1778 xassert (BYTEPOS (row->end.pos) == BYTEPOS (next->start.pos)); |
25012 | 1779 } |
1780 row = next; | |
1781 } | |
1782 | |
1783 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1784 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1785 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1786 } | |
1787 | |
1788 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1789 | |
1790 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1791 | |
1792 | |
1793 | |
1794 /********************************************************************** | |
1795 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1796 **********************************************************************/ | |
1797 | |
1798 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1799 redisplay | |
1800 | |
1801 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1802 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1803 allocated. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero means that the caller of this |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1804 function is only interested in the result matrix dimension, and |
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
1805 matrix adjustments should not be performed. |
25012 | 1806 |
1807 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1808 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1809 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1810 | |
1811 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1812 | |
1813 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1814 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1815 | |
1816 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1817 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1818 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1819 |
1820 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1821 function. | |
1822 | |
1823 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1824 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1825 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1826 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1827 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1828 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1829 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1830 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1831 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1832 | |
1833 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1834 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1835 necessary. | |
1836 | |
1837 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1838 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1839 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1840 windows in the sequence. | |
1841 | |
1842 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1843 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1844 | | | | | | |
1845 | | | | | |
1846 +---------+ | | result height | |
1847 | +---------+ | |
1848 | | | | |
1849 +----------+ --- | |
1850 | |
1851 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1852 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1853 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1854 | |
1855 |<---- result width -->| | |
1856 +---------+ --- | |
1857 | | | | |
1858 | | | | |
1859 +---------+--+ | | |
1860 | | | | |
1861 | | result height | |
1862 | | | |
1863 +------------+---------+ | | |
1864 | | | | |
1865 | | | | |
1866 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1867 | |
1868 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1869 allocated. */ | |
1870 | |
1871 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1872 | |
1873 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1874 size. */ | |
1875 | |
1876 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1877 | |
1878 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1879 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1880 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1881 Lisp_Object window; |
1882 int x, y; | |
1883 int dim_only_p; | |
1884 int *window_change_flags; | |
1885 { | |
1886 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1887 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1888 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1889 struct dim total; | |
1890 struct dim dim; | |
1891 struct window *w; | |
1892 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1893 | |
1894 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1895 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1896 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1897 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1898 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1899 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1900 in_horz_combination_p | |
1901 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1902 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1903 | |
1904 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1905 do |
25012 | 1906 { |
1907 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1908 | |
1909 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1910 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1911 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1912 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1913 dim_only_p, |
1914 window_change_flags); | |
1915 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1916 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1917 dim_only_p, |
1918 window_change_flags); | |
1919 else | |
1920 { | |
1921 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1922 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1923 { | |
1924 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1925 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1926 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1927 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1928 |
25012 | 1929 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1930 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1931 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1932 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1933 |
1934 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1935 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1936 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1937 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1938 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1939 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1940 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1941 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1942 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
1943 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1944 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1945 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1946 | |
1947 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1948 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1949 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1950 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1951 necessary. */ | |
1952 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1953 { | |
1954 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1955 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1956 } | |
1957 } | |
1958 | |
1959 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1960 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1961 below W. */ | |
1962 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1963 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1964 else |
25012 | 1965 y += dim.height; |
1966 | |
1967 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1968 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1969 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1970 | |
1971 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1972 window = w->next; | |
1973 } | |
1974 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1975 | |
1976 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1977 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1978 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1979 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1980 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1981 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1982 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1983 { | |
1984 total.width = x - x0; | |
1985 total.height = hmax; | |
1986 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1987 else |
25012 | 1988 { |
1989 total.width = wmax; | |
1990 total.height = y - y0; | |
1991 } | |
1992 | |
1993 return total; | |
1994 } | |
1995 | |
1996 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2003 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2004 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2005 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2008 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
85252 | 2009 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + eabs (w->vscroll); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2010 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
2011 / ch_height) * w->nrows_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2012 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2013 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2014 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2015 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2016 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2017 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2018 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2020 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2021 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2022 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2023 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2024 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2025 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2026 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2027 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2028 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2029 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2030 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2031 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2032 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2033 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2034 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2035 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2036 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2037 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2038 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
56496
069e4841ceb2
(margin_glyphs_to_reserve): Apply ncols_scale_factor.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
55021
diff
changeset
|
2039 / ch_width) * w->ncols_scale_factor |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2040 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2041 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2042 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2043 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2044 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2045 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2046 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2047 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2048 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2049 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2050 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2051 |
25012 | 2052 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
2053 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2054 |
25012 | 2055 static void |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2056 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2057 struct window *w; |
2058 { | |
2059 while (w) | |
314 | 2060 { |
25012 | 2061 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2062 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2063 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2064 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2065 else |
314 | 2066 { |
25012 | 2067 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2068 struct dim dim; | |
2069 | |
2070 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2071 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2072 { |
25012 | 2073 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2074 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2075 } |
25012 | 2076 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2077 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2078 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2079 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2080 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2081 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2082 |
25012 | 2083 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
2084 } | |
2085 } | |
2086 | |
2087 | |
2088 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2089 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2090 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2091 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2092 | |
2093 void | |
2094 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2095 struct frame *f; | |
2096 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2097 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2098 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2099 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2100 |
25012 | 2101 if (f) |
2102 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2103 else | |
2104 { | |
2105 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2106 |
25012 | 2107 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2108 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2109 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2110 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2111 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2112 } |
2113 | |
2114 | |
2115 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2117 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
25012 | 2119 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2120 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2121 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2122 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2123 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2124 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2125 | |
2126 static void | |
2127 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2128 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2129 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2130 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2131 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2132 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2133 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2134 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2135 |
2136 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2137 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2138 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2139 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2140 |
2141 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2142 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2143 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2144 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2145 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2146 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2147 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2148 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
25012 | 2150 |
2151 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2152 | |
2153 static void | |
2154 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2155 struct frame *f; | |
2156 { | |
2157 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2158 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2159 else | |
2160 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2161 |
25012 | 2162 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2163 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2164 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2165 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2166 | |
2167 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2168 } | |
2169 | |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2170 /* Return 1 if any window in the tree has nonzero window margins. See |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2171 the hack at the end of adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay. */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2172 static int |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2173 showing_window_margins_p (w) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2174 struct window *w; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2175 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2176 while (w) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2177 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2178 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2179 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2180 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->hchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2181 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2182 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2183 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2184 { |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2185 if (showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (w->vchild))) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2186 return 1; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2187 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2188 else if (!NILP (w->left_margin_cols) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2189 || !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2190 return 1; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2192 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2193 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2194 return 0; |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2195 } |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2196 |
25012 | 2197 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2198 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2199 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2201 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2202 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2203 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2204 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2205 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2207 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2208 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2209 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2211 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2212 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2213 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2214 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2215 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2216 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2217 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2218 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2219 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2220 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2222 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2223 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2224 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2225 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2226 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2227 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2228 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2229 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2230 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2231 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2232 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2233 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2234 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2235 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2236 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2237 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2238 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2239 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2240 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2241 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2242 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2243 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2244 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2245 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2246 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2248 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2249 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2250 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2251 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2252 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2253 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2254 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2255 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2256 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2257 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2258 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2259 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2260 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2261 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2262 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2263 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2264 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2265 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2266 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2267 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2268 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2269 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2270 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2271 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2272 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2273 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2274 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2275 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2276 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2277 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2278 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2279 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2280 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2281 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2282 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2283 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2284 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2285 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2286 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2287 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2288 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2289 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2290 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2291 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2292 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2293 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2294 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2295 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2296 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2297 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2298 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2299 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2300 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2301 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2302 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2303 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2305 |
25012 | 2306 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2307 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2308 | |
2309 static void | |
2310 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2311 struct frame *f; | |
2312 { | |
2313 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2314 int pool_changed_p; | |
2315 int window_change_flags; | |
2316 int top_window_y; | |
2317 | |
2318 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2319 return; | |
2320 | |
2321 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); | |
2322 | |
2323 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2324 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2325 { | |
2326 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2327 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2328 } | |
2329 | |
2330 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2331 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2332 { | |
2333 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2334 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2335 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
25012 | 2337 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2338 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2339 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2340 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2341 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2342 matrix. */ | |
2343 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2344 matrix_dim | |
2345 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2346 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2347 1, |
25012 | 2348 &window_change_flags); |
2349 | |
2350 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2351 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2352 | |
2353 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2354 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2355 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2356 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2357 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2358 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2359 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2360 { | |
2361 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2362 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2363 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2364 &window_change_flags); |
2365 | |
2366 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2367 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2368 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2369 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2370 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2371 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2372 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2373 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2374 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2375 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2376 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2377 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2378 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2379 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2380 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2381 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2382 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2383 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
77267
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2384 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2385 /* For some reason, the frame glyph matrix gets corrupted if |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2386 any of the windows contain margins. I haven't been able |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2387 to hunt down the reason, but for the moment this prevents |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2388 the problem from manifesting. -- cyd */ |
7f8bdfdc0227
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Set garbaged flag in
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
76621
diff
changeset
|
2389 && !showing_window_margins_p (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)))) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2390 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2391 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2392 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2393 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2394 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2395 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2396 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2397 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2398 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2399 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2400 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2401 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2402 } |
25012 | 2403 } |
2404 } | |
2405 | |
2406 | |
2407 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2408 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2409 | |
2410 static void | |
2411 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2412 struct frame *f; | |
2413 { | |
2414 struct window *w; | |
2415 | |
2416 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2417 |
25012 | 2418 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2419 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2420 |
73383
015a870c0c9a
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay): Remove unused variable ch_dim.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73318
diff
changeset
|
2421 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
25012 | 2422 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display |
2423 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2424 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2425 { |
2426 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2427 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2428 { | |
2429 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2430 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2431 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2432 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2433 } | |
2434 else | |
2435 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2436 | |
2437 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2438 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2439 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2440 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2441 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2442 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2443 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2444 } |
73402
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2445 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */ |
c76709b3cbc0
(adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay): Fix #endif comments.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
73383
diff
changeset
|
2446 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
25012 | 2447 |
49322 | 2448 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2449 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2450 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2451 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2452 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2453 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2454 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2455 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2456 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2457 } | |
2458 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2459 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2460 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2461 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2462 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2463 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2464 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2465 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2466 #endif |
25012 | 2467 } |
2468 | |
2469 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2470 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2471 |
2472 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2473 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2474 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2475 | |
2476 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2477 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2478 | |
2479 static void | |
2480 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2481 struct frame *f; | |
2482 { | |
2483 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2484 | |
2485 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2486 { | |
2487 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2488 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2489 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2490 } | |
2491 else | |
2492 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2493 } | |
2494 | |
2495 | |
2496 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2497 | |
2498 static void | |
2499 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2500 struct frame *f; | |
2501 { | |
2502 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2503 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2504 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2505 } | |
2506 | |
2507 | |
2508 | |
2509 /********************************************************************** | |
2510 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2511 **********************************************************************/ | |
2512 | |
2513 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2514 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2515 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2516 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2517 | |
2518 void | |
2519 free_glyphs (f) | |
2520 struct frame *f; | |
2521 { | |
2522 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2523 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2524 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2525 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2526 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2527 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2528 |
25012 | 2529 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2530 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2531 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2532 | |
2533 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2534 glyph matrices. */ | |
2535 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2536 { | |
2537 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2538 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2539 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2540 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2541 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2542 } | |
2543 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2544 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2545 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2546 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2547 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2548 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2549 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2550 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2551 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2552 } |
2553 | |
2554 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2555 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2556 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2557 { | |
2558 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2559 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2560 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2561 } | |
2562 | |
2563 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2564 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2565 { | |
2566 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2567 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2568 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2569 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2570 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2571 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2572 } |
2573 } | |
2574 | |
25012 | 2575 |
2576 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2577 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2578 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2579 | |
2580 void | |
2581 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2582 struct window *w; | |
2583 { | |
2584 while (w) | |
2585 { | |
2586 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2587 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2588 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2589 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2590 else |
25012 | 2591 { |
2592 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2593 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2594 W. */ | |
2595 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2596 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2597 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2598 } | |
2599 | |
2600 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2601 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2602 } | |
2603 } | |
2604 | |
2605 | |
2606 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2607 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2608 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2609 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2610 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2611 void |
25012 | 2612 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2613 { |
25012 | 2614 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2615 | |
2616 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2617 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2618 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2619 | |
2620 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2621 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2622 abort (); | |
2623 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2624 abort (); | |
2625 } | |
2626 | |
2627 | |
2628 | |
2629 /********************************************************************** | |
2630 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2631 **********************************************************************/ | |
2632 | |
2633 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2634 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2635 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2636 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2637 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2638 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2639 window matrices in this section. | |
2640 | |
2641 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2642 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2643 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2644 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2645 | |
2646 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2647 | desired | desired | | |
2648 | | | | |
2649 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2650 | current | | |
2651 | | | |
2652 +----------------------------------+ | |
2653 | |
2654 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2655 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2656 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2657 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2658 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2659 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2660 | |
2661 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2662 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2663 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2664 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2665 |
25012 | 2666 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2667 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2668 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2669 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2670 | |
2671 This problem is solved like this: | |
2672 | |
2673 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2674 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2675 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2676 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2677 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2678 |
25012 | 2679 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2680 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2681 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2682 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2683 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2684 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2685 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2686 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2687 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2688 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2689 | |
2690 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2691 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2692 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2693 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2694 | |
2695 static void | |
2696 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2697 struct frame *f; | |
2698 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2699 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2700 |
25012 | 2701 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2702 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2703 |
25012 | 2704 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2705 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2706 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2707 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2708 | |
2709 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2710 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2711 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2712 } | |
2713 | |
2714 | |
2715 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2716 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2717 | |
2718 static void | |
2719 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2720 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2721 struct window *w; | |
2722 { | |
2723 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2724 { |
25012 | 2725 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2726 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2727 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2728 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2729 else | |
2730 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2731 | |
2732 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2733 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2734 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2735 |
25012 | 2736 |
2737 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2738 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2739 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2740 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2741 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2742 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2743 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2744 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2745 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2746 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2747 | |
2748 static void | |
2749 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2750 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2751 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2752 { |
25012 | 2753 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2754 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2755 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2756 GLYPH right_border_glyph; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2757 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2758 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, 0); |
25012 | 2759 |
2760 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2761 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2762 { | |
2763 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2764 | |
2765 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2766 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2767 { | |
2768 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2769 Lisp_Object gc; |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2770 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2771 SET_GLYPH_FROM_CHAR (right_border_glyph, '|'); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2772 if (dp |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2773 && (gc = DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp), GLYPH_CODE_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2774 && GLYPH_CODE_CHAR_VALID_P (gc)) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2775 { |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2776 SET_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH_CODE (right_border_glyph, gc); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2777 spec_glyph_lookup_face (w, &right_border_glyph); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2778 } |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2779 |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2780 if (GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph) <= 0) |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2781 SET_GLYPH_FACE (right_border_glyph, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID); |
25012 | 2782 } |
2783 } | |
2784 else | |
2785 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2786 | |
2787 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2788 frame matrix. */ | |
2789 window_y = 0; | |
2790 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2791 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2792 { |
25012 | 2793 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2794 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2795 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2796 |
2797 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2798 window row. */ | |
2799 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2800 | |
2801 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2802 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2803 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2804 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2805 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2806 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2807 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2808 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2809 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2810 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2811 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2812 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2813 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2814 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2815 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2816 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2817 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2818 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2819 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2820 } | |
2821 else | |
2822 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2823 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2824 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2825 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2826 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2827 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2828 |
25012 | 2829 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2830 windows. */ | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2831 if (GLYPH_CHAR (right_border_glyph) != 0) |
25012 | 2832 { |
2833 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2834 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2835 } | |
2836 | |
59902
4a0a167cb6c4
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59879
diff
changeset
|
2837 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2838 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2839 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2840 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2841 |
25012 | 2842 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2843 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2845 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2846 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2847 #endif |
25012 | 2848 } |
2849 | |
2850 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2851 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2852 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2853 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2854 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2855 | |
2856 /* Next row. */ | |
2857 ++window_y; | |
2858 ++frame_y; | |
2859 } | |
2860 } | |
2861 | |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2862 /* Given a user-specified glyph, possibly including a Lisp-level face |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2863 ID, return a glyph that has a realized face ID. |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2864 This is used for glyphs displayed specially and not part of the text; |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2865 for instance, vertical separators, truncation markers, etc. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2867 void |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2868 spec_glyph_lookup_face (w, glyph) |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2869 struct window *w; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2870 GLYPH *glyph; |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2871 { |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2872 int lface_id = GLYPH_FACE (*glyph); |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2873 /* Convert the glyph's specified face to a realized (cache) face. */ |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2874 if (lface_id > 0) |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2875 { |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2876 int face_id = merge_faces (XFRAME (w->frame), |
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2877 Qt, lface_id, DEFAULT_FACE_ID); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2878 SET_GLYPH_FACE (*glyph, face_id); |
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
2879 } |
63547
cbb687cf8169
(spec_glyph_lookup_face): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61989
diff
changeset
|
2880 } |
25012 | 2881 |
2882 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2883 | |
2884 Each row has the form: | |
2885 | |
2886 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2887 | left | text | right | | |
2888 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2889 | |
2890 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2891 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2892 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2893 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2894 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2895 | |
2896 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2897 | |
2898 static void | |
2899 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2900 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2901 { | |
2902 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2903 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2904 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2905 } | |
2906 | |
2907 | |
2908 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2909 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2910 | |
2911 static void | |
2912 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2913 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2914 int area; | |
2915 { | |
2916 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2917 { | |
2918 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2919 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2920 | |
2921 while (text < end) | |
2922 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2923 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2924 } | |
2925 } | |
2926 | |
2927 | |
2928 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2929 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2930 | |
2931 static void | |
2932 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2933 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2934 int upto; | |
2935 { | |
2936 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2937 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2938 |
25012 | 2939 while (i < upto) |
2940 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2941 | |
2942 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2943 } | |
2944 | |
2945 | |
2946 | |
2947 /********************************************************************** | |
2948 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2949 **********************************************************************/ | |
2950 | |
2951 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2952 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2953 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2954 | |
2955 static INLINE void | |
2956 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2957 struct frame *f; | |
2958 { | |
2959 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2960 } | |
2961 | |
2962 | |
2963 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2964 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2965 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2966 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2967 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2968 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2969 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2970 | |
2971 static INLINE void | |
2972 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2973 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2974 int row; | |
2975 { | |
2976 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2977 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2978 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2979 |
2980 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2981 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2982 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2983 | |
2984 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2985 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2986 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2987 |
2988 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2989 for window matrices. */ | |
2990 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2991 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2992 } | |
2993 | |
2994 | |
2995 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2996 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2997 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2998 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2999 | |
3000 static void | |
3001 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
3002 struct window *w; | |
3003 int frame_row; | |
3004 { | |
3005 while (w) | |
3006 { | |
3007 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3008 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
3009 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3010 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
3011 else | |
3012 { | |
3013 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
3014 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
3015 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
3016 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3017 | |
3018 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
3019 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
3020 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
3021 { |
25012 | 3022 struct glyph_row *current_row |
3023 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
3024 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
3025 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
3026 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
3027 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
3028 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
3029 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
3030 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 3031 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
3032 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
3033 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3034 |
25012 | 3035 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
3036 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
3037 } |
25012 | 3038 |
3039 | |
3040 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
3041 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
3042 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
3043 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
3044 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
3045 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
3046 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
3047 | |
3048 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3049 |
25012 | 3050 void |
3051 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
3052 retained_p) | |
3053 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
3054 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3055 int *copy_from; | |
3056 char *retained_p; | |
3057 { | |
3058 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
3059 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
3060 | |
3061 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
3062 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3063 |
25012 | 3064 int i; |
3065 | |
3066 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
3067 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3068 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3069 | |
3070 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
3071 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3072 { | |
3073 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
3074 | |
3075 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
3076 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
3077 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
3078 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
3079 | |
3080 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
3081 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3082 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
3083 } | |
3084 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3085 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 3086 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
3087 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
3088 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3089 } | |
3090 | |
3091 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3092 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3093 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3094 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3095 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3096 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3097 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3098 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3099 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3100 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
3101 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3102 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3103 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3104 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3105 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3106 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3107 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3108 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3109 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3110 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3111 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3112 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3113 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3114 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3115 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3116 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3117 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3118 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3119 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3120 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3121 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3122 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3123 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3124 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3125 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3126 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3127 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3128 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3129 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3130 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3131 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3132 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3133 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3134 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3135 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3136 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3137 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3138 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3139 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3140 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3141 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3142 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3143 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3144 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3145 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3146 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3147 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3148 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3149 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3150 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3151 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3152 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3153 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3154 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3155 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3156 |
25012 | 3157 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3158 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3159 | |
3160 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3161 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3162 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3163 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3164 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3165 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3166 which is empty. */ | |
3167 | |
3168 static void | |
3169 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3170 struct window *w; | |
3171 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3172 int *copy_from; | |
3173 char *retained_p; | |
3174 { | |
3175 while (w) | |
3176 { | |
3177 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3178 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3179 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3180 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3181 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3182 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3183 else | |
3184 { | |
3185 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3186 matrix m. */ | |
3187 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3188 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3189 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3190 | |
3191 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3192 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3193 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3194 | |
3195 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3196 { | |
3197 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3198 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3199 |
25012 | 3200 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3201 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3202 |
25012 | 3203 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3204 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3205 |
25012 | 3206 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3207 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3208 |
25012 | 3209 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3210 int from_inside_window_p | |
3211 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3212 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3213 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3214 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3215 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3216 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3217 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3218 { |
3219 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3220 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3221 |
25012 | 3222 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3223 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3224 that. */ | |
3225 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3226 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3227 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3228 |
25012 | 3229 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3230 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3231 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3232 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3233 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3234 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3235 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3236 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3237 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3238 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3239 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3240 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3241 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3242 |
60684
18bf961ed63a
(mirror_line_dance): Set W2 according to FRAME_FROM.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59905
diff
changeset
|
3243 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_from); |
61416
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3244 /* ttn@surf.glug.org: when enabling menu bar using `emacs |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3245 -nw', FROM_FRAME sometimes has no associated window. |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3246 This check avoids a segfault if W2 is null. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3247 if (w2) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3248 { |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3249 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3250 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3251 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3252 m2->rows + m2_from); |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3253 |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3254 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3255 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3256 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
89b8166ef056
(mirror_line_dance): Avoid crash if W2 is null.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60684
diff
changeset
|
3257 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3258 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3259 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3260 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3261 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3262 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3263 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3264 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3265 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3266 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3267 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3268 |
25012 | 3269 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3270 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3271 } | |
3272 | |
3273 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3274 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3275 } | |
3276 } | |
3277 | |
3278 | |
3279 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3280 | |
3281 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3282 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3283 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3284 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3285 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3286 |
21514 | 3287 void |
25012 | 3288 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3289 struct window *w; |
3290 { | |
25012 | 3291 while (w) |
3292 { | |
3293 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3294 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3295 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3296 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3297 else | |
3298 { | |
3299 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3300 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3301 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3302 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3303 |
25012 | 3304 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3305 } | |
3306 } | |
3307 | |
3308 | |
3309 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3310 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3311 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3312 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3313 | |
3314 static void | |
3315 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3316 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3317 { | |
3318 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3319 int i = 0; | |
3320 | |
3321 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3322 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3323 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3324 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3325 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3326 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3327 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3328 { | |
3329 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3330 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3331 abort (); | |
3332 ++i, ++j; | |
3333 } | |
3334 } | |
3335 | |
3336 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3337 | |
3338 | |
3339 | |
3340 /********************************************************************** | |
3341 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3342 **********************************************************************/ | |
3343 | |
3344 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3345 | |
3346 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3347 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3348 | |
3349 static int | |
3350 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3351 struct window *w; | |
3352 int vpos; | |
3353 { | |
3354 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3355 |
25012 | 3356 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3357 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3358 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3359 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3360 return vpos; |
3361 } | |
3362 | |
3363 | |
3364 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3365 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3366 |
3367 static int | |
3368 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3369 struct window *w; | |
3370 int hpos; | |
3371 { | |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3372 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3373 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3374 return hpos; |
314 | 3375 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3376 |
25012 | 3377 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3378 | |
3379 | |
314 | 3380 |
25012 | 3381 /********************************************************************** |
3382 Redrawing Frames | |
3383 **********************************************************************/ | |
3384 | |
3385 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3386 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3387 (frame) |
25012 | 3388 Lisp_Object frame; |
3389 { | |
3390 struct frame *f; | |
3391 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3392 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3393 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3394 | |
3395 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3396 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3397 called so early here). */ | |
3398 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3399 return Qnil; | |
3400 | |
3401 update_begin (f); | |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3402 #ifdef MSDOS |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3403 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
97646
fab72f02d115
(init_display): Remove MS-DOS specific conditions for calling
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97142
diff
changeset
|
3404 FRAME_TERMINAL (f)->set_terminal_modes_hook (FRAME_TERMINAL (f)); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3405 #endif |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
3406 clear_frame (f); |
25012 | 3407 clear_current_matrices (f); |
3408 update_end (f); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3409 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3410 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
25012 | 3411 windows_or_buffers_changed++; |
3412 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3413 its redisplay done. */ | |
3414 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3415 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3416 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3417 return Qnil; | |
3418 } | |
3419 | |
3420 | |
3421 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3422 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3423 | |
3424 void | |
3425 redraw_frame (f) | |
3426 struct frame *f; | |
3427 { | |
3428 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3429 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3430 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3431 } | |
3432 | |
3433 | |
3434 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3435 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3436 () |
25012 | 3437 { |
3438 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3439 | |
3440 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3441 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3442 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3443 | |
3444 return Qnil; | |
3445 } | |
3446 | |
3447 | |
3448 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3449 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3450 | |
3451 void | |
3452 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3453 { | |
3454 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3455 | |
3456 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3457 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3458 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3459 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3460 } | |
3461 | |
3462 | |
3463 | |
3464 /*********************************************************************** | |
3465 Frame Update | |
3466 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3467 | |
3468 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3469 | |
3470 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3471 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3472 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3473 |
25012 | 3474 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3475 |
3476 int | |
25012 | 3477 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3478 struct frame *f; | |
3479 int force_p; | |
3480 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3481 { | |
3482 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3483 int paused_p; | |
3484 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3485 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3486 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3487 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3488 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3489 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3490 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3491 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3492 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3493 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3494 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3495 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3496 |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3497 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3498 { |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3499 paused_p = 1; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3500 goto do_pause; |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3501 } |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3502 |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3503 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3504 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3505 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3506 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3507 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3508 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3509 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3510 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3511 |
25012 | 3512 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3513 { | |
3514 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3515 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3516 | |
3517 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3518 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3519 | |
3520 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3521 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3522 update_begin (f); | |
3523 | |
3524 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3525 support. */ | |
3526 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3527 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3528 | |
3529 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3530 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3531 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3532 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3533 |
3534 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3535 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3536 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3537 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3538 |
25012 | 3539 update_window (w, 1); |
3540 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3541 | |
3542 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3543 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3544 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3545 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3546 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3547 } |
3548 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3549 |
25012 | 3550 |
3551 /* Update windows. */ | |
3552 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3553 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3554 |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3555 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
83037 | 3556 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway (in general). |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3557 It is necessary when resizing the window with the mouse, or |
83037 | 3558 at least the fringes are not redrawn in a timely manner. ++kfs */ |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
3559 if (f->force_flush_display_p) |
83037 | 3560 { |
3561 FRAME_RIF (f)->flush_display (f); | |
3562 f->force_flush_display_p = 0; | |
3563 } | |
25012 | 3564 } |
3565 else | |
3566 { | |
3567 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3568 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3569 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3570 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3571 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3572 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3573 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3574 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3575 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3576 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3577 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3578 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3579 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3580 { |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3581 if (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript) |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
3582 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->termscript); |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3583 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
3584 fflush (FRAME_TTY (f)->output); |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
3585 } |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3586 |
25012 | 3587 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3588 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3589 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3590 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3591 #endif |
25012 | 3592 } |
3593 | |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3594 do_pause: |
25012 | 3595 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ |
3596 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3597 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3598 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3599 return paused_p; |
3600 } | |
3601 | |
3602 | |
3603 | |
3604 /************************************************************************ | |
3605 Window-based updates | |
3606 ************************************************************************/ | |
3607 | |
3608 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3609 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3610 | |
3611 static int | |
3612 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3613 struct window *w; | |
3614 int force_p; | |
3615 { | |
3616 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3617 |
25012 | 3618 while (w && !paused_p) |
3619 { | |
3620 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3621 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3622 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3623 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3624 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3625 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3626 | |
3627 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3628 } | |
3629 | |
3630 return paused_p; | |
3631 } | |
3632 | |
3633 | |
3634 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3635 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3636 | |
3637 void | |
3638 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3639 struct window *w; | |
3640 int force_p; | |
3641 { | |
3642 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3643 { | |
3644 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3645 | |
3646 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3647 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3648 | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3649 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3650 force_p = 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3651 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3652 else if (NILP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3653 force_p = 1; |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3654 else if (!force_p && NUMBERP (Vredisplay_preemption_period)) |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3655 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3656 EMACS_TIME tm; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3657 double p = XFLOATINT (Vredisplay_preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3658 int sec, usec; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3659 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3660 sec = (int) p; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3661 usec = (p - sec) * 1000000; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3662 |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3663 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3664 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (preemption_period, sec, usec); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3665 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3666 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3667 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3668 |
25012 | 3669 /* Update W. */ |
3670 update_begin (f); | |
3671 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3672 update_end (f); | |
3673 | |
3674 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3675 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3676 } | |
3677 } | |
3678 | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3679 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
25012 | 3680 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3681 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3682 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3683 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3684 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3685 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3686 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3687 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3688 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3689 int i; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3690 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3691 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3692 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3693 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3694 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3695 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3696 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3697 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3698 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3699 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3700 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3701 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3702 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3703 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3704 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3705 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3706 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3707 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3708 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3709 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3710 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3711 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3712 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3713 updated_area = area; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3714 FRAME_RIF (f)->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3715 area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3716 if (row->used[area]) |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3717 FRAME_RIF (f)->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3718 row->used[area]); |
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3719 FRAME_RIF (f)->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3720 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3721 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3722 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3723 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3724 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3725 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3726 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3727 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3728 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3730 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3731 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3732 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3733 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3734 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3735 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3736 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3737 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3738 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3739 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3740 struct glyph_row *row; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
3741 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3742 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3743 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3744 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3745 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3746 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3747 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3748 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3749 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3750 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3751 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3752 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3753 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3754 if (row->overlapping_p) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3755 { |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3756 int overlaps = 0; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3757 |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3758 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row) && i > 0 |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3759 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3760 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_PRED; |
102882
40a6ace09cb5
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Fix detection of
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
101690
diff
changeset
|
3761 if (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row) && bottom_y < yb |
65890
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3762 && !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3763 overlaps |= OVERLAPS_SUCC; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3764 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3765 if (overlaps) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3766 { |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3767 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3768 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3770 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3771 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3772 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3773 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3774 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, overlaps); |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3775 |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3776 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3777 their display. */ |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3778 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_PRED) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3779 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3780 if (overlaps & OVERLAPS_SUCC) |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3781 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
1a7a619caf97
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Call rif->fix_overlapping_area with new
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
65308
diff
changeset
|
3782 } |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3783 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3784 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3785 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3786 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3787 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3788 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3789 |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3790 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3791 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3792 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3793 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3794 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3795 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3796 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3797 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3798 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3799 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3800 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3801 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3802 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3803 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3804 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3805 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3806 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3807 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3808 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3809 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3810 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3811 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3812 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3813 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3814 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3815 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3816 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
3817 |
25012 | 3818 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
3819 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
3820 | |
3821 static int | |
3822 update_window (w, force_p) | |
3823 struct window *w; | |
3824 int force_p; | |
3825 { | |
3826 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
3827 int paused_p; | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3828 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
25012 | 3829 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3830 #endif |
25012 | 3831 extern int input_pending; |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3832 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
83241
3dcba0bc766b
Merged in changes from CVS trunk. (Long time no see!) :-)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
diff
changeset
|
3833 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
3834 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 3835 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ |
65308
7b2a711dc863
(window_to_frame_hpos, update_window):
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
65016
diff
changeset
|
3836 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)))); |
59879
aaf00c303308
* dispnew.c (update_window): Fixing compile error due to
Steven Tamm <steventamm@mac.com>
parents:
59592
diff
changeset
|
3837 #endif |
25012 | 3838 |
3839 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3840 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
3841 if (!force_p) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3842 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3843 #endif |
25012 | 3844 |
3845 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
3846 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
3847 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 3848 { |
3849 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
3850 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3851 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3852 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 3853 |
3854 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
3855 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
3856 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3857 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3858 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 3859 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
3860 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3861 |
25012 | 3862 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3863 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3864 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3865 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3866 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3867 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3868 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 3869 |
3870 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
3871 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
3872 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
3873 { | |
3874 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
3875 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3876 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3877 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3878 } |
3879 | |
3880 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
3881 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
3882 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
3883 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
3884 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3885 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
3886 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 3887 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3888 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3889 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3890 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3891 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3892 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3893 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3894 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3895 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3896 else if (rc > 0) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3897 { |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3898 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3899 force_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3900 changed_p = 1; |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
3901 } |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3902 } |
25012 | 3903 |
3904 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3905 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
3906 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 3907 { |
3908 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
3909 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3910 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3911 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 3912 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
3913 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
3914 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3915 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3916 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3917 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3918 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3919 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3920 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3921 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3922 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3923 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3924 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
3925 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3926 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3927 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3928 #else |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
3929 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
3930 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
3931 #endif |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3932 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3933 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3934 |
3935 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
3936 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
3937 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
3938 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
3939 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
3940 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
3941 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
3942 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
3943 in the first redisplay. */ | |
3944 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
3945 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
3946 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
3947 } | |
3948 | |
3949 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
3950 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3952 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3953 |
54176
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3954 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3955 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3956 that can be scrolled. */ |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3957 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3958 { |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3959 header_line_row->y = 0; |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3960 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3961 } |
d1e478a807f4
(update_window): Update header line also if there are
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53881
diff
changeset
|
3962 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3963 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 3964 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
3965 { | |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3966 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3967 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3968 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3969 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3970 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3971 } |
65905
a82ae68a578e
(redraw_overlapped_rows, redraw_overlapping_rows)
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65890
diff
changeset
|
3972 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3973 |
25012 | 3974 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
3975 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
3976 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3977 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3978 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 3979 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
3980 #endif | |
3981 } | |
3982 | |
3983 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3984 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
3985 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
3986 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3988 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3989 update_window_fringes (w, 0); |
53612
2ddd2a0d047a
Revision: miles@gnu.org--gnu-2004/emacs--cvs-trunk--0--patch-41
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
53605
diff
changeset
|
3990 #endif |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3992 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3993 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3994 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3995 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
3996 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 3997 } |
3998 else | |
3999 paused_p = 1; | |
4000 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4001 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4002 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4003 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4004 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4005 |
25012 | 4006 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 |
25012 | 4008 return paused_p; |
4009 } | |
4010 | |
4011 | |
4012 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4013 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4014 | |
4015 static void | |
4016 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4017 struct window *w; | |
4018 int area, vpos; | |
4019 { | |
4020 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4021 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4022 |
4023 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4024 will be relative to. */ | |
4025 updated_area = area; | |
4026 | |
4027 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4028 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4029 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4030 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4031 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4032 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4033 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4034 } | |
4035 | |
4036 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4037 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4038 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4039 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4040 static int |
25012 | 4041 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4042 struct window *w; | |
4043 int vpos; | |
314 | 4044 { |
25012 | 4045 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4046 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4047 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4048 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4049 |
4050 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4051 will be relative to. */ | |
4052 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4053 |
25012 | 4054 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
4055 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4056 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4057 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4058 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4059 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4060 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4061 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4062 || current_row->overlapped_p |
75371
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4063 /* This next line is necessary for correctly redrawing |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4064 mouse-face areas after scrolling and other operations. |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4065 However, it causes excessive flickering when mouse is moved |
7267980a2f42
* dispnew.c (update_text_area): Revert 2006-09-17 change.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4066 across the mode line. Luckily, turning it off for the mode |
76069
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
4067 line doesn't seem to hurt anything. -- cyd. |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
4068 But it is still needed for the header line. -- kfs. */ |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
4069 || (current_row->mouse_face_p |
898ccefda9ce
(update_text_area): Clear mouse face on header lines.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
76065
diff
changeset
|
4070 && !(current_row->mode_line_p && vpos > 0)) |
25012 | 4071 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4072 { | |
4073 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4074 |
25012 | 4075 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4076 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4077 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4078 |
25012 | 4079 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
4080 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4081 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4082 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4083 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4084 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4085 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4086 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4087 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4088 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4089 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4090 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4091 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 4092 } |
4093 else | |
4094 { | |
4095 int stop, i, x; | |
4096 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4097 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4098 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4099 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4100 int abort_skipping = 0; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4101 |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4102 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, and |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4103 unless the current row also does so at the same position, |
25012 | 4104 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face |
4105 extension actually takes place. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4106 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4107 && (desired_stop_pos < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4108 || (desired_stop_pos == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4109 && !MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)))) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4110 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4111 |
25012 | 4112 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
4113 i = 0; | |
4114 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4115 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4116 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4117 in common. */ |
25012 | 4118 while (i < stop) |
4119 { | |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4120 int can_skip_p = !abort_skipping; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4121 |
25012 | 4122 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4123 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4124 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4125 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4126 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4127 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4128 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4129 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4130 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4131 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4132 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4133 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4134 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4135 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4136 &left, &right); |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4137 can_skip_p = (right == 0 && !abort_skipping); |
25012 | 4138 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4139 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4140 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4141 { |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4142 int start_hpos = i; |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4143 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4144 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4145 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4146 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4147 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4148 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4149 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4150 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4151 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4152 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4153 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4154 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4155 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4156 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4157 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4158 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4159 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4160 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4161 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4162 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4163 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4164 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4165 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4166 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4167 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4168 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4169 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4170 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4171 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4172 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4173 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4174 } |
98589
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4175 |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4176 /* Abort the skipping algorithm if we end up before |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4177 our starting point, to avoid looping (bug#1070). |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4178 This can happen when the lbearing is larger than |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4179 the pixel width. */ |
b4502c55e86b
(update_text_area): Avoid looping due to large glyph
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98508
diff
changeset
|
4180 abort_skipping = (i < start_hpos); |
25012 | 4181 } |
4182 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4183 |
25012 | 4184 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4185 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4186 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4187 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4188 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4189 { | |
4190 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4191 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4192 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4193 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4194 |
25012 | 4195 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4196 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4197 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4198 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4199 && x == current_x) |
4200 { | |
4201 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4202 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4203 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4204 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4205 } |
4206 | |
4207 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4208 { | |
4209 i = start_hpos; | |
4210 x = start_x; | |
4211 desired_glyph = start; | |
4212 break; | |
4213 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4214 |
25012 | 4215 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4216 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4217 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4218 } |
4219 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4220 |
25012 | 4221 /* Write the rest. */ |
4222 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4223 { | |
4224 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4225 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4226 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4227 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4228 |
25012 | 4229 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4230 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4231 { | |
4232 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4233 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4234 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4235 appropriately above. */ | |
69110
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4236 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4237 || ((desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4238 == current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
9d86d35acf33
(update_text_area): Avoid needless redraw of rightmost
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
4239 && MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row))); |
25012 | 4240 } |
4241 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4242 { | |
4243 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4244 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4245 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4246 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4247 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4248 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4249 } |
4250 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4251 { | |
4252 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4253 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4254 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4255 |
25012 | 4256 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4257 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4258 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4259 |
4260 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4261 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4262 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4263 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4264 this way. */ | |
4265 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4266 && (desired_row->reversed_p |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4267 ? (w->phys_cursor.hpos < 0) |
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4268 : (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]))) |
25012 | 4269 { |
4270 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4271 x = -1; | |
4272 } | |
4273 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4274 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4275 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4276 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4277 } |
4278 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4279 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4280 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4281 } |
4282 | |
4283 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4284 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4285 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4286 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4287 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4288 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4289 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4290 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4291 { |
4292 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4293 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4294 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4295 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4296 |
4297 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4298 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4299 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4300 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4301 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4302 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4303 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4304 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4305 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4306 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4307 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4308 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4309 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4310 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4311 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4312 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4313 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4314 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4315 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4316 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4317 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4318 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4319 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4320 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4321 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4322 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4323 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4324 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4325 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4326 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4327 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4328 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4329 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4330 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4331 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4332 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4333 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4334 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4335 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4336 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4337 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4338 || desired_row->cursor_in_fringe_p != current_row->cursor_in_fringe_p |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4339 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap != current_row->overlay_arrow_bitmap |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4340 || current_row->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4341 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4342 || desired_row->exact_window_width_line_p != current_row->exact_window_width_line_p |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4343 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4344 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4345 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4346 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4347 |
25012 | 4348 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4349 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4350 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4351 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4352 } |
4353 | |
4354 | |
4355 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4356 be called from update_window. */ | |
4357 | |
4358 static void | |
4359 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4360 struct window *w; | |
4361 { | |
4362 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4363 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (f); |
25012 | 4364 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; |
4365 | |
4366 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4367 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4368 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4369 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4370 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4371 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4372 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4373 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4374 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4375 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4376 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4377 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4378 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4379 { | |
4380 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4381 | |
4382 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4383 { | |
4384 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4385 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4386 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4387 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4388 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4389 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4390 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4391 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4392 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4393 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4394 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4395 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4396 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4397 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4398 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4399 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4400 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4401 ++row; |
25012 | 4402 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4403 |
25012 | 4404 if (last_row) |
4405 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4406 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4407 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4408 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4409 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4410 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4411 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4412 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4413 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4414 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4415 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4416 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4417 |
25012 | 4418 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4419 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4420 } |
4421 } | |
4422 } | |
4423 else | |
4424 { | |
4425 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4426 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4427 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4428 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4429 } | |
4430 | |
4431 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
107991
74557d25410e
Implement cursor on the left fringe for R2L lines.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
107737
diff
changeset
|
4432 hpos = max (-1, hpos); /* -1 is for when cursor is on the left fringe */ |
25012 | 4433 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); |
4434 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4435 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4436 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4437 } | |
4438 | |
4439 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4440 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4441 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4442 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4443 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4444 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4445 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4446 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4447 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4448 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4449 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4450 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4451 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4452 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4453 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4454 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4455 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4456 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4457 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4458 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4459 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4460 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4461 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4462 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4463 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4464 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4465 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4466 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4467 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4468 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4469 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4470 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4471 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4472 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4473 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4474 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4475 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4476 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4477 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4478 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4479 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4481 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4482 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4483 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4484 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4485 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4486 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4487 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4488 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4489 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4490 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4491 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4492 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4493 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4494 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4495 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4496 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4497 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4498 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4499 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4500 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4501 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4502 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4503 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4504 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4505 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4506 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4507 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4508 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4509 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4510 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4511 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4512 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4513 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4514 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4515 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4516 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4517 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4518 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4519 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4520 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4521 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4522 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4523 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4524 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4525 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4526 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4527 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4528 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4529 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4530 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4531 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4532 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4533 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4534 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4535 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4536 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4537 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4538 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4539 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4540 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4541 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4542 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4543 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4544 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4545 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4546 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4547 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4548 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4549 |
25012 | 4550 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4551 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4552 |
4553 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4554 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4555 O(N) time. | |
4556 | |
4557 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4558 | |
4559 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4560 | |
4561 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4562 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4563 | |
4564 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4565 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4566 | |
4567 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4568 forward and backward. | |
4569 | |
4570 Value is | |
4571 | |
4572 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4573 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4574 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4575 | |
4576 static int | |
25546 | 4577 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4578 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4579 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4580 { |
4581 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4582 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4583 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4584 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4585 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4586 struct row_entry *entry; |
82992
5de4189e659d
Got rid of the rif (window-based redisplay interface) global variable.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82990
diff
changeset
|
4587 struct redisplay_interface *rif = FRAME_RIF (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w))); |
25012 | 4588 |
4589 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4590 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4591 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4592 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4593 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4594 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4595 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4596 && d->enabled_p |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4597 && !d->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4598 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4599 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4600 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4601 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4602 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4603 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4604 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4605 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4606 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4607 break; |
25012 | 4608 } |
4609 | |
4610 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4611 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4612 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4613 |
25012 | 4614 first_old = first_new = i; |
4615 | |
4616 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4617 desired matrix. */ | |
4618 i = first_new + 1; | |
4619 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4620 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4622 ++i; |
4623 | |
4624 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4625 return 0; | |
4626 | |
4627 last_new = i; | |
4628 | |
4629 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4630 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4631 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4632 disabled. */ | |
4633 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4634 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4635 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4636 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4637 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4638 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4639 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4640 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4641 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4642 |
25012 | 4643 last_old = i; |
4644 | |
4645 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4646 i = last_new; | |
4647 j = last_old; | |
4648 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4649 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4650 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4651 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4652 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4653 && !MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p |
25012 | 4654 && row_equal_p (w, |
4655 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4656 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4657 --i, --j; |
4658 last_new = i; | |
4659 last_old = j; | |
4660 | |
4661 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4662 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4663 return 0; | |
4664 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4706 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4708 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4709 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4710 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4711 |
25012 | 4712 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4713 { | |
4714 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4715 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4716 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4717 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4718 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4719 } |
4720 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4721 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4722 } |
4723 | |
4724 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4725 { | |
4726 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4727 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4728 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4729 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4730 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4731 } |
4732 | |
4733 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4734 in both matrices. */ | |
4735 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4736 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4737 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4738 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4739 { |
4740 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4741 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4742 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4743 |
4744 /* Record move. */ | |
4745 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4746 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4747 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4748 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4749 run->nrows = 1; | |
4750 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4751 | |
4752 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4753 j = i - 1; | |
4754 k = new_line - 1; | |
4755 while (j > first_old | |
4756 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4757 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4758 { |
4759 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4760 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4761 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4762 ++run->nrows; |
4763 run->height += h; | |
4764 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4765 run->current_y -= h; | |
4766 --j, --k; | |
4767 } | |
4768 | |
4769 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4770 j = i + 1; | |
4771 k = new_line + 1; | |
4772 while (j < last_old | |
4773 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4774 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4775 { |
4776 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4777 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4778 run->height += h; |
4779 ++j, ++k; | |
4780 } | |
4781 | |
4782 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4783 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4784 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4785 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4786 case. */ | |
4787 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4788 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4789 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4790 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4791 runs[j] = run; | |
4792 ++nruns; | |
4793 | |
4794 i += run->nrows; | |
4795 } | |
4796 else | |
4797 ++i; | |
4798 | |
4799 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4800 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4801 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4802 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4803 | |
4804 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4805 | A | | B | | |
4806 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4807 | B | | A | | |
4808 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4809 | |
4810 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4811 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4812 | |
4813 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4814 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4815 { | |
4816 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4817 | |
4818 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4819 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4820 { | |
4821 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4822 | |
4823 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4824 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4825 { | |
4826 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4827 |
25012 | 4828 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
4829 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
4830 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
4831 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
4832 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
4833 p->nrows = 0; | |
4834 } | |
4835 } | |
4836 | |
4837 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
4838 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
4839 { | |
4840 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4841 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4842 |
25012 | 4843 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4844 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4845 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4846 if (!from->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p |
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4847 && (to->left_fringe_bitmap != from->left_fringe_bitmap |
53881
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4848 || to->right_fringe_bitmap != from->right_fringe_bitmap |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4849 || to->left_fringe_face_id != from->left_fringe_face_id |
ccacbf7f76b2
(row_equal_p): Compare fringe bitmap faces and overlay
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53612
diff
changeset
|
4850 || to->right_fringe_face_id != from->right_fringe_face_id |
61633
a76a30ee7c89
(row_equal_p, update_window_line, scrolling_window):
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
61416
diff
changeset
|
4851 || to->overlay_arrow_bitmap != from->overlay_arrow_bitmap)) |
53605
7dfd96e25ec6
(row_equal_p, update_window_line): Compare fringe bitmaps
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53514
diff
changeset
|
4852 from->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p = 1; |
25012 | 4853 assign_row (to, from); |
4854 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4855 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 4856 } |
4857 } | |
4858 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4863 /* Value is > 0 to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
4864 return nruns; |
25012 | 4865 } |
4866 | |
4867 | |
4868 | |
4869 /************************************************************************ | |
4870 Frame-Based Updates | |
4871 ************************************************************************/ | |
4872 | |
4873 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
4874 | |
4875 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
4876 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
4877 should not be tried. | |
4878 | |
4879 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
4880 | |
4881 static int | |
4882 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
4883 struct frame *f; | |
4884 int force_p; | |
4885 int inhibit_id_p; | |
4886 { | |
4887 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
4888 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
4889 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
4890 int i; | |
314 | 4891 int pause; |
4892 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 4893 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 4894 |
4895 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 4896 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4897 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4898 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
4899 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4900 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4901 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
4902 |
76065
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4903 #if !PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
2001cae9df4e
(update_frame, update_single_window): Set force_p here if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
75371
diff
changeset
|
4904 if (!force_p && detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
314 | 4905 { |
4906 pause = 1; | |
4907 goto do_pause; | |
4908 } | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4909 #endif |
314 | 4910 |
25012 | 4911 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
4912 if (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
25012 | 4913 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
4914 |
493 | 4915 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 4916 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
4917 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
4918 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 4919 break; |
4920 | |
4921 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 4922 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
4923 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 4924 |
4925 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 4926 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
4927 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
4928 | |
4929 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
4930 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 4931 { |
25012 | 4932 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 4933 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
4934 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 4935 { |
4936 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
4937 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
4938 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
4939 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4940 FILE *display_output = FRAME_TTY (f)->output; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4941 if (display_output) |
314 | 4942 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4943 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4944 if (outq > 900 |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4945 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) |
314 | 4946 { |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4947 fflush (display_output); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4948 if (preempt_count == 1) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4949 { |
554 | 4950 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4951 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4952 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4953 the outq count. */ |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4954 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (FRAME_TTY (f->output)); |
314 | 4955 #endif |
94909
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4956 outq *= 10; |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4957 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4958 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
11f28d8c2c22
(update_frame_1): Check if tty output is still valid before flushing
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
94513
diff
changeset
|
4959 } |
314 | 4960 } |
4961 } | |
4962 } | |
4963 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4964 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4965 if (!force_p) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4966 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4967 EMACS_TIME tm, dif; |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4968 EMACS_GET_TIME (tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4969 EMACS_SUB_TIME (dif, preemption_next_check, tm); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4970 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (dif)) |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4971 { |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4972 EMACS_ADD_TIME (preemption_next_check, tm, preemption_period); |
71378
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4973 if (detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables ()) |
1b442e9d8373
(update_frame): Check for input pending on entry.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71333
diff
changeset
|
4974 break; |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4975 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4976 } |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4977 #else |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4978 if (!force_p && (i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
59580
f43d0816e9c3
* keyboard.c (READABLE_EVENTS_DO_TIMERS_NOW)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58986
diff
changeset
|
4979 detect_input_pending_ignore_squeezables (); |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
4980 #endif |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
4981 |
25012 | 4982 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 4983 } |
4984 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4985 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4986 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 4987 |
4988 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
4989 if (!pause) | |
4990 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
4991 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 4992 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4993 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 4994 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4995 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4996 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4997 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
4998 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 4999 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5000 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5001 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5002 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5003 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5004 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5005 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5006 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5007 { |
25012 | 5008 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5009 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5010 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5011 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5012 } |
708 | 5013 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5014 { |
25012 | 5015 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5016 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5017 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5018 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5019 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5020 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5021 { |
25012 | 5022 --row; |
5023 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5024 |
25012 | 5025 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
5026 { | |
5027 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5028 must be ignored here. */ | |
5029 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5030 row); | |
5031 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5032 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5033 | |
5034 while (last > start | |
5035 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5036 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5037 |
25012 | 5038 col = last - start; |
5039 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5040 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5041 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5042 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5043 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5044 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5045 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5046 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5047 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5048 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5049 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5050 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5051 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5052 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5053 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5054 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5055 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5056 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5057 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5058 cursor_to (f, row, col); |
708 | 5059 } |
314 | 5060 else |
25012 | 5061 { |
5062 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5063 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5064 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5065 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5066 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5067 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5068 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5069 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5070 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5071 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 5072 { |
5073 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5074 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5075 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5076 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5077 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5078 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5079 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5080 cursor_to (f, y, x); |
25012 | 5081 } |
5082 } | |
314 | 5083 } |
5084 | |
5085 do_pause: | |
5086 | |
25012 | 5087 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5088 return pause; |
5089 } | |
5090 | |
25012 | 5091 |
5092 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5093 |
21514 | 5094 int |
764 | 5095 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5096 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5097 { |
5098 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5099 int window_size; | |
5100 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5101 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5102 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5103 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5104 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5105 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5106 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 5107 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5108 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5109 | |
5110 if (!current_matrix) | |
5111 abort (); | |
5112 | |
5113 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5114 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5115 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5116 changed_lines = 0; |
5117 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5118 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5119 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 5120 { |
5121 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5122 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5123 return 0; |
25012 | 5124 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5125 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5126 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5127 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5128 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5129 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5130 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5131 } |
314 | 5132 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5133 { |
25012 | 5134 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5135 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5136 } |
314 | 5137 |
5138 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5139 { | |
5140 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5141 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5142 } |
5143 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5144 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5145 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5146 } |
5147 | |
5148 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5149 if ((!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5150 && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5151 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 5152 return 1; |
5153 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5154 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5155 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5156 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5157 if (FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame)) |
314 | 5158 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5159 else if (FRAME_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (frame)) |
314 | 5160 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5161 | |
5162 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5163 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5164 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5165 && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5166 && (window_size >= |
5167 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5168 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5169 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5170 return 0; | |
5171 | |
25012 | 5172 if (window_size < 2) |
5173 return 0; | |
5174 | |
764 | 5175 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5176 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5177 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5178 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5179 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5180 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5181 | |
5182 return 0; | |
5183 } | |
25012 | 5184 |
5185 | |
5186 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5187 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5188 | |
5189 static int | |
5190 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5191 struct glyph *r; | |
5192 int len; | |
314 | 5193 { |
25012 | 5194 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5195 |
25012 | 5196 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5197 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5198 break; | |
5199 | |
5200 return i; | |
314 | 5201 } |
25012 | 5202 |
5203 | |
5204 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5205 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5206 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5207 |
5208 static int | |
25012 | 5209 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5210 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5211 { |
25012 | 5212 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5213 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5214 |
25012 | 5215 while (p1 < end1 |
5216 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5217 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5218 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5219 |
25012 | 5220 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5221 } |
5222 | |
25012 | 5223 |
314 | 5224 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5225 |
314 | 5226 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5227 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5228 |
25012 | 5229 |
5230 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5231 | |
314 | 5232 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5233 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5234 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5235 int vpos; |
5236 { | |
25012 | 5237 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5238 int tem; |
5239 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5240 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5241 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5242 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5243 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5244 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5245 int write_spaces_p = FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (f); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5246 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5247 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5248 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5249 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5250 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5251 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5252 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5253 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5254 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5255 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5256 { |
25012 | 5257 obody = 0; |
314 | 5258 olen = 0; |
5259 } | |
5260 else | |
5261 { | |
25012 | 5262 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5263 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5264 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5265 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5266 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5267 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5268 olen--; |
314 | 5269 } |
5270 | |
25012 | 5271 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5272 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5273 | |
5274 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5275 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5276 { |
5277 nlen = 0; | |
5278 goto just_erase; | |
5279 } | |
5280 | |
25012 | 5281 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5282 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5283 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5284 | |
5285 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5286 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5287 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5288 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5289 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5290 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5291 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5292 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5293 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5294 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5295 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5296 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5297 write_glyphs (f, nbody, nlen); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5298 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5299 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5300 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5301 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5302 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5303 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5304 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5305 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5306 clear_end_of_line (f, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5307 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5308 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5309 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5310 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5311 cursor_to (f, vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5312 |
25012 | 5313 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5314 return; | |
5315 } | |
314 | 5316 |
5317 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5318 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5319 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5320 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5321 nlen--; |
314 | 5322 |
5323 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5324 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
314 | 5325 { |
25012 | 5326 int i, j; |
5327 | |
5328 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5329 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5330 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5331 { | |
25012 | 5332 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5333 { |
25012 | 5334 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5335 j = i + 1; | |
5336 while (j < nlen | |
5337 && (j >= olen | |
5338 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5339 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5340 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5341 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5342 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5343 cursor_to (f, vpos, i); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5344 write_glyphs (f, nbody + i, j - i); |
25012 | 5345 i = j - 1; |
314 | 5346 |
5347 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5348 } | |
5349 } | |
5350 | |
5351 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5352 if (olen > nlen) | |
5353 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5354 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5355 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5356 } |
5357 | |
25012 | 5358 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5359 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5360 return; |
5361 } | |
5362 | |
25012 | 5363 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5364 characters in a row. */ | |
5365 | |
314 | 5366 if (!olen) |
5367 { | |
25012 | 5368 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5369 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5370 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5371 nsp = 0; |
5372 else | |
5373 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5374 | |
314 | 5375 if (nlen > nsp) |
5376 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5377 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5378 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); |
314 | 5379 } |
5380 | |
764 | 5381 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5382 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5383 return; |
5384 } | |
5385 | |
5386 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5387 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5388 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5389 |
5390 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5391 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5392 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5393 |
5394 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5395 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5396 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5397 { |
5398 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5399 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5400 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5401 } |
5402 | |
5403 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5404 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5405 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5406 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5407 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5408 | |
5409 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5410 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5411 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5412 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5413 while (op1 > op2 |
5414 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5415 { |
5416 op1--; | |
5417 np1--; | |
5418 } | |
5419 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5420 | |
5421 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5422 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5423 Is it worth it? */ | |
5424 | |
5425 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5426 if (endmatch && tem | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5427 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5428 || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5429 endmatch = 0; |
5430 | |
5431 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5432 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5433 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5434 Is it worth it? */ | |
5435 | |
5436 if (nsp != osp | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5437 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5438 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5439 { |
5440 begmatch = 0; | |
5441 endmatch = 0; | |
5442 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5443 } | |
5444 | |
5445 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5446 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5447 | |
5448 if (osp > nsp) | |
5449 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5450 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5451 delete_glyphs (f, osp - nsp); |
314 | 5452 } |
5453 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5454 { | |
5455 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5456 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5457 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5458 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5459 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5460 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5461 delete_glyphs (f, olen + nsp - osp - nlen); |
314 | 5462 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); |
5463 } | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5464 cursor_to (f, vpos, osp); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5465 insert_glyphs (f, 0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5466 } |
5467 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5468 | |
5469 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5470 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5471 { | |
5472 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5473 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5474 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5475 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5476 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5477 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5478 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5479 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5480 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5481 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5482 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5483 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5484 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5485 { |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5486 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5487 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5488 } |
314 | 5489 } |
5490 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5491 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5492 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5493 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5494 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5495 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5496 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5497 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5498 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5499 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5500 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5501 |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5502 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5503 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5504 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5505 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5506 out--; |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5507 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5508 |
25012 | 5509 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5510 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5511 if (del > 0) |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5512 delete_glyphs (f, del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5513 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5514 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5515 insert_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5516 olen = nlen; |
5517 } | |
5518 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5519 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5520 cursor_to (f, vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5521 write_glyphs (f, nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5522 delete_glyphs (f, olen - nlen); |
314 | 5523 olen = nlen; |
5524 } | |
5525 } | |
5526 | |
5527 just_erase: | |
5528 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5529 if (olen > nlen) | |
5530 { | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5531 cursor_to (f, vpos, nlen); |
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
5532 clear_end_of_line (f, olen); |
314 | 5533 } |
5534 | |
764 | 5535 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5536 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5537 } |
25012 | 5538 |
5539 | |
314 | 5540 |
25012 | 5541 /*********************************************************************** |
5542 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5543 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5544 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5545 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5546 Return the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5547 Return in *POS the position in that object. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5548 Adjust *X and *Y to character positions. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5549 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5550 Lisp_Object |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5551 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, pos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
25012 | 5552 struct window *w; |
5553 int *x, *y; | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5554 struct display_pos *pos; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5555 Lisp_Object *object; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5556 int *dx, *dy; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5557 int *width, *height; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5558 { |
25012 | 5559 struct it it; |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5560 Lisp_Object old_current_buffer = Fcurrent_buffer (); |
25012 | 5561 struct text_pos startp; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5562 Lisp_Object string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5563 struct glyph_row *row; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5564 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5565 struct image *img = 0; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5566 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5567 int x0, x1; |
25012 | 5568 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5569 /* We used to set current_buffer directly here, but that does the |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5570 wrong thing with `face-remapping-alist' (bug#2044). */ |
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5571 Fset_buffer (w->buffer); |
25012 | 5572 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); |
5573 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5574 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5575 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5576 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5577 x0 = *x - WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5578 move_it_to (&it, -1, x0 + it.first_visible_x, *y, -1, |
25012 | 5579 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5580 |
101464
f34b82b3a6e0
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Use Fset_buffer instead of setting
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
5581 Fset_buffer (old_current_buffer); |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5582 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5583 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5584 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5585 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5586 string = w->buffer; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5587 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5588 string = it.string; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5589 *pos = it.current; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5590 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5591 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5592 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5593 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5594 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5595 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5596 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5597 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5598 #endif |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5599 |
65016
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5600 if (it.vpos < w->current_matrix->nrows |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5601 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos), |
2b179104bc17
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Check that target row is
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
65003
diff
changeset
|
5602 row->enabled_p)) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5603 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5604 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5605 { |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5606 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5607 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5608 if (img) |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5609 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5610 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5611 *dx += glyph->slice.x; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5612 *dy += glyph->slice.y; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5613 /* Image slices positions are still relative to the entire image */ |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5614 *width = img->width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5615 *height = img->height; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5616 } |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5617 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5618 #endif |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5619 { |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5620 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5621 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5622 } |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5623 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5624 else |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5625 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5626 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5627 *height = row->height; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5628 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5629 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5630 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5631 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5632 *width = *height = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5633 } |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5634 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5635 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5636 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5637 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5638 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5639 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5640 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5641 *y = it.vpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5642 |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5643 return string; |
25012 | 5644 } |
5645 | |
5646 | |
5647 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5648 mode line or header line (PART says which) of window W, or nil if none. |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5649 *CHARPOS is set to the position in the string returned. */ |
25012 | 5650 |
5651 Lisp_Object | |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5652 mode_line_string (w, part, x, y, charpos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
25012 | 5653 struct window *w; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5654 enum window_part part; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5655 int *x, *y; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5656 int *charpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5657 Lisp_Object *object; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5658 int *dx, *dy; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5659 int *width, *height; |
25012 | 5660 { |
5661 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5662 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5663 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5664 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5665 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5666 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5667 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5668 else | |
25546 | 5669 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5670 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5671 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5672 |
25012 | 5673 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5674 { |
25012 | 5675 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5676 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5677 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5678 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5679 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5680 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5681 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5682 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5683 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5684 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5685 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5686 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5687 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5688 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5689 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5690 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5691 struct image *img; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5692 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5693 if (img != NULL) |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5694 *object = img->spec; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5695 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5696 } |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5697 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5698 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5699 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5700 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5701 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5702 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5703 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5704 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5705 } |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5706 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5707 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5708 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5709 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5710 x0 = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5711 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5712 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5713 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5714 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5715 *dy = y0; |
25012 | 5716 |
5717 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5718 } |
25012 | 5719 |
5720 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5721 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5722 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5723 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5724 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5725 Lisp_Object |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5726 marginal_area_string (w, part, x, y, charpos, object, dx, dy, width, height) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5727 struct window *w; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5728 enum window_part part; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5729 int *x, *y; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5730 int *charpos; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5731 Lisp_Object *object; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5732 int *dx, *dy; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5733 int *width, *height; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5734 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5735 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5736 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5737 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5738 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5739 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5740 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5741 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5742 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5743 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5744 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5745 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5746 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5747 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5748 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5749 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5750 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5751 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5752 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5753 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5754 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5755 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5756 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5757 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5758 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5759 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5760 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5761 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5762 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5763 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5764 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5765 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
54847
5acc1d864551
(update_window): Only set changed_p if
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54176
diff
changeset
|
5766 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5767 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5768 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5769 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5770 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
59592
c0533d2d03af
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Fix
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59580
diff
changeset
|
5771 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 >= glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5772 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5773 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5774 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5775 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5776 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5777 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5778 *width = glyph->pixel_width; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5779 *height = glyph->ascent + glyph->descent; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5780 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5781 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5782 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5783 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5784 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5785 if (img != NULL) |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5786 *object = img->spec; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5787 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
55021
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5788 x0 += glyph->slice.x; |
78fbab658433
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return full image width
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
54847
diff
changeset
|
5789 y0 += glyph->slice.y; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5790 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5791 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5792 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5793 else |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5794 { |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5795 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5796 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5797 *width = 0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5798 *height = row->height; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5799 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5800 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5801 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5802 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5803 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5804 *x = 0; |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5805 *width = *height = 0; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5806 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5807 |
53514
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5808 *dx = x0; |
db81ac8829b6
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return both buffer/string
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53329
diff
changeset
|
5809 *dy = y0; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5810 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5811 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5812 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5813 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5814 |
25012 | 5815 /*********************************************************************** |
5816 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5817 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5818 |
5819 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5820 |
493 | 5821 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5822 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5823 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5824 { |
5825 int width, height; | |
5826 int old_errno = errno; | |
5827 | |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
5828 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5829 |
58986
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5830 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5831 SIGNAL_THREAD_CHECK (signalnum); |
59945307b86b
* syssignal.h: Declare main_thread.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57808
diff
changeset
|
5832 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5833 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a single |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5834 termcap-controlled terminal, but we can't decide which. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5835 Therefore, we resize the frames corresponding to each tty. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5836 */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5837 for (tty = tty_list; tty; tty = tty->next) { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5838 |
53341 | 5839 if (! tty->term_initted) |
5840 continue; | |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5841 |
101690
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5842 /* Suspended tty frames have tty->input == NULL avoid trying to |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5843 use it. */ |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5844 if (!tty->input) |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5845 continue; |
1009d5607716
* dispnew.c (window_change_signal): Don't try to get the size of a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
101464
diff
changeset
|
5846 |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
5847 get_tty_size (fileno (tty->input), &width, &height); |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5848 |
83412
573105015a96
Work around Emacs crash on Konsole detach. (Tom Schutzer-Weissmann)
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83384
diff
changeset
|
5849 if (width > 5 && height > 2) { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5850 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
5851 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5852 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
82995
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5853 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_TTY (XFRAME (frame)) == tty) |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5854 /* Record the new sizes, but don't reallocate the data |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5855 structures now. Let that be done later outside of the |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5856 signal handler. */ |
039bd6989d29
Portability fixes (now it compiles & runs fine on Solaris).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82992
diff
changeset
|
5857 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5858 } |
314 | 5859 } |
5860 | |
5861 errno = old_errno; | |
5862 } | |
5863 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5864 | |
5865 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5866 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5867 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5868 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5869 |
21514 | 5870 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5871 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5872 int safe; |
314 | 5873 { |
5874 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5875 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5876 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5877 |
314 | 5878 while (delayed_size_change) |
5879 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5880 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5881 |
5882 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5883 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5884 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5885 { |
25012 | 5886 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5887 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5888 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5889 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5890 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5891 } |
5892 } | |
5893 } | |
5894 | |
5895 | |
764 | 5896 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5897 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5898 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5899 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5900 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5901 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5902 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5903 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5904 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5905 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5906 |
21514 | 5907 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5908 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5909 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5910 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5911 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5912 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5913 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5914 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5915 { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5916 /* On MS-DOS, all frames use the same screen, so a change in |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5917 size affects all frames. Termcap now supports multiple |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5918 ttys. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5919 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
5920 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5921 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5922 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5923 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5924 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5925 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5926 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5927 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
5928 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5929 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 5930 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5931 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 5932 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5933 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
5934 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5935 |
314 | 5936 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5937 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 5938 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5939 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5940 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 5941 delayed_size_change = 1; |
5942 return; | |
5943 } | |
5944 | |
764 | 5945 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5946 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5947 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5948 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
5949 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5950 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5951 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
5952 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5953 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 5954 |
5955 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
5956 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5957 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
5958 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5959 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 5960 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5961 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5962 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5963 /* Frame width may be unchanged but the text portion may change, for example, |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5964 fullscreen and remove/add scroll bar. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5965 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
106765
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5966 && newwidth == FRAME_COLS (f) // text portion unchanged |
0c270bc7ceff
Frame width was not updated in fullscreen when scroll bars where removed/added.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105877
diff
changeset
|
5967 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) // frame width unchanged |
314 | 5968 return; |
5969 | |
15078 | 5970 BLOCK_INPUT; |
5971 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5972 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5973 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5974 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5975 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5976 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5977 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
5978 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5979 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 5980 { |
25012 | 5981 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 5982 { |
25012 | 5983 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5984 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 5985 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
5986 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
5987 (newheight | |
5988 - 1 | |
5989 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5990 2); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5991 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
5992 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 5993 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 5994 } |
5995 else | |
764 | 5996 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 5997 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
5998 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 2); |
25012 | 5999 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
6000 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
6001 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
6002 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
6003 FrameRows (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newheight; |
314 | 6004 } |
6005 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6006 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6007 { |
94513
5b9bb0c0273a
(change_frame_size_1): Preserve small windows when shrinking
Martin Rudalics <rudalics@gmx.at>
parents:
92692
diff
changeset
|
6008 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 2); |
25012 | 6009 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6010 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6011 |
98497
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
6012 /* MSDOS frames cannot PRETEND, as they change frame size by |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
6013 manipulating video hardware. */ |
6fa56eeb247c
(change_frame_size_1): Set FrameRows and FrameCols for MSDOS frames as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98438
diff
changeset
|
6014 if ((FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
6015 FrameCols (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newwidth; |
25012 | 6016 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6017 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6018 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 6019 } |
6020 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6021 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6022 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 6023 |
6024 { | |
6025 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6026 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6027 |
25012 | 6028 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
6029 &text_area_height); | |
6030 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6031 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6032 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6033 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6034 } | |
6035 | |
6036 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6037 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 6038 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6039 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 6040 |
6041 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6042 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6043 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6044 |
88050
449ffc76e463
* window.c (run_window_configuration_change_hook): New function.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
6045 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6046 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6047 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6048 } |
25012 | 6049 |
6050 | |
314 | 6051 |
25012 | 6052 /*********************************************************************** |
6053 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6054 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6055 | |
6056 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6057 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6058 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6059 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6060 (file) |
25012 | 6061 Lisp_Object file; |
6062 { | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6063 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6064 |
98508
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
6065 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()) |
c370f470d5ba
(update_frame): Flush termscript for MSDOS frames as well as for TTY.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
98497
diff
changeset
|
6066 && ! FRAME_MSDOS_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())) |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6067 error ("Current frame is not on a tty device"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6068 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6069 tty = CURTTY (); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6070 |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6071 if (tty->termscript != 0) |
83560 | 6072 { |
6073 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6074 fclose (tty->termscript); |
83560 | 6075 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
6076 } | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6077 tty->termscript = 0; |
25012 | 6078 |
6079 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6080 { | |
6081 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6082 tty->termscript = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6083 if (tty->termscript == 0) |
25012 | 6084 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); |
6085 } | |
6086 return Qnil; | |
6087 } | |
6088 | |
6089 | |
314 | 6090 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
6091 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6092 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
83370
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
6093 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. |
5272862a4865
Fix crashes in xdialog_show (and other places) with xterm-mouse-mode.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83362
diff
changeset
|
6094 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6095 Optional parameter TERMINAL specifies the tty terminal device to use. |
104957
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
6096 It may be a terminal object, a frame, or nil for the terminal used by |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
6097 the currently selected frame. In batch mode, STRING is sent to stdout |
81757111b576
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Amend doc string to cover batch mode.
Alan Mackenzie <acm@muc.de>
parents:
104816
diff
changeset
|
6098 when TERMINAL is nil. */) |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6099 (string, terminal) |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6100 Lisp_Object string; |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6101 Lisp_Object terminal; |
314 | 6102 { |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6103 struct terminal *t = get_terminal (terminal, 1); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6104 FILE *out; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6105 |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6106 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6107 CHECK_STRING (string); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
6108 BLOCK_INPUT; |
83065
a871be7b26a5
Implemented suspending of emacsclient frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83037
diff
changeset
|
6109 |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6110 if (!t) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6111 error ("Unknown terminal device"); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6112 |
104816
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6113 if (t->type == output_initial) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6114 out = stdout; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6115 else if (t->type != output_termcap && t->type != output_msdos_raw) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6116 error ("Device %d is not a termcap terminal device", t->id); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6117 else |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6118 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6119 struct tty_display_info *tty = t->display_info.tty; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6120 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6121 if (! tty->output) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6122 error ("Terminal is currently suspended"); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6123 |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6124 if (tty->termscript) |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6125 { |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6126 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6127 fflush (tty->termscript); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6128 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6129 out = tty->output; |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6130 } |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6131 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), out); |
4129eea9d003
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Make it work again on the initial terminal as well.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
104077
diff
changeset
|
6132 fflush (out); |
76621
685fa6c9ae44
(Fopen_termscript): Add BLOCK_INPUT around fclose.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
76069
diff
changeset
|
6133 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 6134 return Qnil; |
6135 } | |
6136 | |
25012 | 6137 |
314 | 6138 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6139 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6140 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6141 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6142 (arg) |
314 | 6143 Lisp_Object arg; |
6144 { | |
493 | 6145 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6146 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6147 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6148 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6149 else |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
6150 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6151 } |
6152 else | |
6153 bitch_at_user (); | |
6154 | |
6155 return Qnil; | |
6156 } | |
6157 | |
21514 | 6158 void |
314 | 6159 bitch_at_user () |
6160 { | |
6161 if (noninteractive) | |
6162 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6163 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6164 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6165 else | |
83100
4970ad4995f5
Eliminated updating_frame.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83098
diff
changeset
|
6166 ring_bell (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6167 } |
6168 | |
25012 | 6169 |
6170 | |
6171 /*********************************************************************** | |
6172 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6173 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6174 | |
314 | 6175 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6176 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6177 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6178 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6179 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6180 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6181 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6182 (seconds, milliseconds) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6183 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6184 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6185 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6186 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6187 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6188 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6189 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6190 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6191 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6192 | |
6193 { | |
6194 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6195 sec = (int) duration; | |
6196 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6197 } | |
314 | 6198 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6199 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6200 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
63695
98563021d2e3
(Fsleep_for, Fsit_for): Follow error conventions.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
63649
diff
changeset
|
6201 error ("Millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6202 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6203 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6204 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6205 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6206 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6207 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6208 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6209 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6210 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6211 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6212 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6213 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6214 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6215 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6216 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6217 return Qnil; |
6218 | |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6219 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, 0, 0, Qnil, NULL, 0); |
314 | 6220 |
6221 return Qnil; | |
6222 } | |
6223 | |
25012 | 6224 |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6225 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_output, except that |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6226 it does redisplay. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6227 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6228 TIMEOUT is number of seconds to wait (float or integer), |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6229 or t to wait forever. |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6230 READING is 1 if reading input. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6231 If DO_DISPLAY is >0 display process output while waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6232 If DO_DISPLAY is >1 perform an initial redisplay before waiting. |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6233 */ |
650 | 6234 |
6235 Lisp_Object | |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6236 sit_for (timeout, reading, do_display) |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6237 Lisp_Object timeout; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6238 int reading, do_display; |
314 | 6239 { |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6240 int sec, usec; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6241 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6242 swallow_events (do_display); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6243 |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6244 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (do_display)) |
71138
5cf77229c85d
(sit_for): Perform redisplay even if input is pending
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
70300
diff
changeset
|
6245 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
314 | 6246 return Qnil; |
650 | 6247 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6248 if (do_display >= 2) |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6249 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6250 |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6251 if (INTEGERP (timeout)) |
71333
a8cbcce39bd0
(sit_for): Undo 2006-06-01 change. Instead, a
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71323
diff
changeset
|
6252 { |
71810 | 6253 sec = XINT (timeout); |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6254 usec = 0; |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6255 } |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6256 else if (FLOATP (timeout)) |
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6257 { |
71831
347f809d2edb
(sit_for): Tiny simplification.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71810
diff
changeset
|
6258 double seconds = XFLOAT_DATA (timeout); |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6259 sec = (int) seconds; |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6260 usec = (int) ((seconds - sec) * 1000000); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6261 } |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6262 else if (EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6263 { |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6264 sec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6265 usec = 0; |
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6266 } |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6267 else |
71804
1a7b37f82a06
(sit_for): Signal error if TIMEOUT is not a number in case arg comes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71794
diff
changeset
|
6268 wrong_type_argument (Qnumberp, timeout); |
314 | 6269 |
73318
e876a1f62fec
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Sit forever if TIMEOUT is t.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
72949
diff
changeset
|
6270 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0 && !EQ (timeout, Qt)) |
673 | 6271 return Qt; |
6272 | |
314 | 6273 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6274 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6275 #endif |
6276 | |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6277 wait_reading_process_output (sec, usec, reading ? -1 : 1, do_display, |
56727
6b028bf60b4e
(Fsleep_for): Remove obsolete code.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
56717
diff
changeset
|
6278 Qnil, NULL, 0); |
650 | 6279 |
314 | 6280 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6281 } | |
6282 | |
25012 | 6283 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6284 DEFUN ("redisplay", Fredisplay, Sredisplay, 0, 1, 0, |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6285 doc: /* Perform redisplay if no input is available. |
71773 | 6286 If optional arg FORCE is non-nil or `redisplay-dont-pause' is non-nil, |
72788
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6287 perform a full redisplay even if input is available. |
102f29870373
(Fredisplay): Document return value.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71946
diff
changeset
|
6288 Return t if redisplay was performed, nil otherwise. */) |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6289 (force) |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6290 Lisp_Object force; |
650 | 6291 { |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6292 int count; |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6293 |
71794
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6294 swallow_events (1); |
d76f16a63bf2
(sit_for): Reduce number of args from 5 to 3.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71773
diff
changeset
|
6295 if ((detect_input_pending_run_timers (1) |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6296 && NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6297 || !NILP (Vexecuting_kbd_macro)) |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6298 return Qnil; |
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6299 |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6300 count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6301 if (!NILP (force) && !redisplay_dont_pause) |
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6302 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6303 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
71771
c6e0c9217129
(Fredisplay): Add FORCE argument to force redisplay when
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71761
diff
changeset
|
6304 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6305 return Qt; |
650 | 6306 } |
25012 | 6307 |
6308 | |
314 | 6309 |
25012 | 6310 /*********************************************************************** |
6311 Other Lisp Functions | |
6312 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6313 | |
6314 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6315 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6316 buffer-modified-flags. */ |
25012 | 6317 |
6318 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6319 | |
6320 | |
6321 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6322 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6323 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6324 VARIABLE is a variable name whose value is either nil or a state vector |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6325 that will be updated to contain all frames and buffers, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6326 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6327 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags. This allows a fast |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6328 check to see whether buffer menus might need to be recomputed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6329 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6330 the current state. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6331 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6332 If VARIABLE is nil, an internal variable is used. Users should not |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6333 pass nil for VARIABLE. */) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6334 (variable) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6335 Lisp_Object variable; |
25012 | 6336 { |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6337 Lisp_Object state, tail, frame, buf; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6338 Lisp_Object *vecp, *end; |
25012 | 6339 int n; |
6340 | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6341 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6342 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6343 CHECK_SYMBOL (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6344 state = Fsymbol_value (variable); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6345 if (! VECTORP (state)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6346 goto changed; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6347 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6348 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6349 state = frame_and_buffer_state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6350 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6351 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6352 end = vecp + XVECTOR (state)->size; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6353 |
25012 | 6354 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6355 { | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6356 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6357 goto changed; |
25012 | 6358 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) |
6359 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6360 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6361 goto changed; |
25012 | 6362 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) |
6363 goto changed; | |
6364 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6365 /* Check that the buffer info matches. */ |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6366 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6367 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6368 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6369 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6370 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6371 continue; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6372 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6373 goto changed; |
25012 | 6374 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) |
6375 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6376 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6377 goto changed; |
25012 | 6378 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) |
6379 goto changed; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6380 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6381 goto changed; |
25012 | 6382 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) |
6383 goto changed; | |
6384 } | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6385 if (vecp == end) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6386 goto changed; |
25012 | 6387 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ |
6388 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6389 return Qnil; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6390 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6391 /* Come here if we decide the data has changed. */ |
25012 | 6392 changed: |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6393 /* Count the size we will need. |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6394 Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ |
25012 | 6395 n = 1; |
6396 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6397 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6398 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6399 n += 3; |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6400 /* Reallocate the vector if data has grown to need it, |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6401 or if it has shrunk a lot. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6402 if (! VECTORP (state) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6403 || n > XVECTOR (state)->size |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6404 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (state)->size / 2) |
25012 | 6405 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6406 { |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6407 state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6408 if (! NILP (variable)) |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6409 Fset (variable, state); |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6410 else |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6411 frame_and_buffer_state = state; |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6412 } |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6413 |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6414 /* Record the new data in the (possibly reallocated) vector. */ |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6415 vecp = XVECTOR (state)->contents; |
25012 | 6416 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
6417 { | |
6418 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6419 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6420 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6421 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6422 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6423 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6424 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6425 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6426 continue; |
6427 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6428 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6429 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6430 } | |
6431 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6432 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6433 while (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6434 < XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6435 *vecp++ = Qlambda; |
6436 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
64776
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6437 if (vecp - XVECTOR (state)->contents |
42f593faa113
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Take an arg
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
6438 > XVECTOR (state)->size) |
25012 | 6439 abort (); |
6440 return Qt; | |
6441 } | |
6442 | |
6443 | |
6444 | |
6445 /*********************************************************************** | |
6446 Initialization | |
6447 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6448 | |
6449 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. | |
6450 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6451 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6452 |
21514 | 6453 void |
314 | 6454 init_display () |
6455 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6456 char *terminal_type; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6457 |
314 | 6458 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
6459 extern int display_arg; | |
6460 #endif | |
6461 | |
25012 | 6462 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6463 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
92276
1dc7b04a4d95
(line_draw_cost): Adapt to new glyph type.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
91367
diff
changeset
|
6464 SET_CHAR_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' ', DEFAULT_FACE_ID, 0); |
25012 | 6465 space_glyph.charpos = -1; |
6466 | |
314 | 6467 inverse_video = 0; |
6468 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6469 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6470 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6471 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6472 during startup. */ |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6473 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6474 |
83146
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6475 /* SIGWINCH needs to be handled no matter what display we start |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6476 with. Otherwise newly opened tty frames will not resize |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6477 automatically. */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6478 #ifdef SIGWINCH |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6479 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6480 if (initialized) |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6481 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6482 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
3708519cf113
Make sure the SIGWINCH handler is always set (rep. by Yoshiaki Kasahara).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83112
diff
changeset
|
6483 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ |
314 | 6484 |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6485 /* If running as a daemon, no need to initialize any frames/terminal. */ |
99182
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6486 if (IS_DAEMON) |
c1511154e8c2
* emacs.c (daemon_pipe): Make non-static.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98589
diff
changeset
|
6487 return; |
98379
7424f5df0da7
(init_display): Return earlier when running as a
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
98327
diff
changeset
|
6488 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6489 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6490 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6491 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6492 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6493 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6494 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6495 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6496 |
6497 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
69952
b9da898695a5
* dispnew.c (init_display): Don't init X display if the user asked
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69607
diff
changeset
|
6498 if (! inhibit_window_system && ! display_arg) |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6499 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6500 char *display; |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6501 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6502 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
69607
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6503 |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6504 if (display_arg && !x_display_ok (display)) |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6505 { |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6506 fprintf (stderr, "Display %s unavailable, simulating -nw\n", |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6507 display); |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6508 inhibit_window_system = 1; |
761eaec1aae4
* dispnew.c (init_display): Check DISPLAY here.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
69110
diff
changeset
|
6509 } |
2364 | 6510 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6511 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6512 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6513 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6514 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6515 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6516 ) |
314 | 6517 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6518 Vinitial_window_system = Qx; |
314 | 6519 #ifdef HAVE_X11 |
6520 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6521 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6522 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6523 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6524 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6525 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6526 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6527 #endif |
25012 | 6528 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6529 return; |
6530 } | |
6531 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6532 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6533 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6534 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6535 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6536 Vinitial_window_system = Qw32; |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6537 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6538 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6539 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6540 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6541 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6542 |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6543 #ifdef HAVE_NS |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6544 if (!inhibit_window_system |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6545 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6546 && initialized |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6547 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6548 ) |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6549 { |
104077
3abca9a8122f
* dispnew.c (init_display): Use Qx, Qw32, and Qns.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103052
diff
changeset
|
6550 Vinitial_window_system = Qns; |
96675
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6551 Vwindow_system_version = make_number(10); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6552 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6553 return; |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6554 } |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6555 #endif |
d45acf0c8d23
merging Emacs.app (NeXTstep port)
Adrian Robert <Adrian.B.Robert@gmail.com>
parents:
96236
diff
changeset
|
6556 |
314 | 6557 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6558 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6559 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6560 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6561 exit (1); |
6562 } | |
6563 | |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6564 #ifdef WINDOWSNT |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6565 terminal_type = "w32console"; |
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6566 #else |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6567 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6568 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
86273
77b991c8303d
(init_display) [WINDOWSNT]: Hardcode terminal_type.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents:
85826
diff
changeset
|
6569 #endif |
314 | 6570 if (!terminal_type) |
6571 { | |
71946 | 6572 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
71945 | 6573 if (! inhibit_window_system) |
6574 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable DISPLAY or TERM (see `tset').\n"); | |
71944
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6575 else |
270a672fc28c
(init_display): Mention DISPLAY as well as TERM in err msg.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
71831
diff
changeset
|
6576 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
71945 | 6577 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see `tset'.\n"); |
314 | 6578 exit (1); |
6579 } | |
6580 | |
53341 | 6581 { |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6582 struct terminal *t; |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6583 struct frame *f = XFRAME (selected_frame); |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6584 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6585 /* Open a display on the controlling tty. */ |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6586 t = init_tty (0, terminal_type, 1); /* Errors are fatal. */ |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6587 |
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6588 /* Convert the initial frame to use the new display. */ |
83090
72c2a3eb27da
Trivial cosmetic change in dispnew.c.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83074
diff
changeset
|
6589 if (f->output_method != output_initial) |
83008
040dd41ed7d0
Hookified termcap devices, added bootstrap display device, plus many bugfixes.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83004
diff
changeset
|
6590 abort (); |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6591 f->output_method = t->type; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6592 f->terminal = t; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6593 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6594 t->reference_count++; |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6595 t->display_info.tty->top_frame = selected_frame; |
83362
c3dd82172ed1
Enforce the presence of `window-system' and `tty-type' frame parameters in all frames.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83353
diff
changeset
|
6596 change_frame_size (XFRAME (selected_frame), |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6597 FrameRows (t->display_info.tty), |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6598 FrameCols (t->display_info.tty), 0, 0, 1); |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6599 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6600 /* Delete the initial terminal. */ |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6601 if (--initial_terminal->reference_count == 0 |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6602 && initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) |
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6603 (*initial_terminal->delete_terminal_hook) (initial_terminal); |
83074
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6604 |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6605 /* Update frame parameters to reflect the new type. */ |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6606 Fmodify_frame_parameters |
34a7a8f40548
Fix background-mode on terminal frames (Dan Nicolaescu).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83067
diff
changeset
|
6607 (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty_type, |
83431
76396de7f50a
Rename `struct device' to `struct terminal'. Rename some terminal-related functions similarly.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83413
diff
changeset
|
6608 Ftty_type (selected_frame)), Qnil)); |
97867
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6609 if (t->display_info.tty->name) |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6610 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6611 Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, build_string (t->display_info.tty->name)), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6612 Qnil)); |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6613 else |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6614 Fmodify_frame_parameters (selected_frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtty, Qnil), |
2aa441279c89
(init_display): Set `tty's association in frame's parameters alist to the name
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
97646
diff
changeset
|
6615 Qnil)); |
53341 | 6616 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6617 |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6618 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6619 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6620 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6621 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6622 |
25012 | 6623 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6624 | |
6625 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6626 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6627 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6628 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6629 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6630 |
25012 | 6631 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6632 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6633 |
25012 | 6634 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ |
6635 if (initialized | |
6636 && !noninteractive | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6637 && NILP (Vinitial_window_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6638 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6639 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6640 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6641 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6642 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6643 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6644 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6645 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6646 } |
314 | 6647 } |
25012 | 6648 |
6649 | |
314 | 6650 |
25012 | 6651 /*********************************************************************** |
6652 Blinking cursor | |
6653 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6654 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6655 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6656 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6657 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6658 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6659 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6660 don't show a cursor. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6661 (window, show) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6662 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6663 { |
6664 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6665 output routines. */ | |
6666 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6667 { | |
6668 if (NILP (window)) | |
6669 window = selected_window; | |
6670 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6671 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6672 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6673 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6674 } |
6675 | |
6676 return Qnil; | |
6677 } | |
6678 | |
6679 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6680 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6681 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6682 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6683 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6684 (window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6685 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6686 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6687 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6688 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6689 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6690 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6691 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6692 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6693 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6694 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6695 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6696 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6697 |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6698 DEFUN ("last-nonminibuffer-frame", Flast_nonminibuf_frame, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6699 Slast_nonminibuf_frame, 0, 0, 0, |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6700 doc: /* Value is last nonminibuffer frame. */) |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6701 () |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6702 { |
95639
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6703 Lisp_Object frame = Qnil; |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6704 |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6705 if (last_nonminibuf_frame) |
2c12b44a3dfc
(Flast_nonminibuf_frame): Handle the NULL case.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
95590
diff
changeset
|
6706 XSETFRAME (frame, last_nonminibuf_frame); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6707 |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6708 return frame; |
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6709 } |
25012 | 6710 |
6711 /*********************************************************************** | |
6712 Initialization | |
6713 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6714 | |
21514 | 6715 void |
314 | 6716 syms_of_display () |
6717 { | |
764 | 6718 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6719 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6720 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6721 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6722 defsubr (&Sding); | |
71761
1055c0769159
* puresize.h (BASE_PURESIZE): Increment to 1211000.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
71573
diff
changeset
|
6723 defsubr (&Sredisplay); |
314 | 6724 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); |
6725 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6726 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6727 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
95590
9a4b27c8feec
* window.el (display-buffer-function, special-display-p)
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
94963
diff
changeset
|
6728 defsubr (&Slast_nonminibuf_frame); |
314 | 6729 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6730 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6731 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6732 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6733 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6734 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6735 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6736 |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6737 Qdisplay_table = intern_c_string ("display-table"); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6738 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
105877
21bdda3ded62
* xterm.c (syms_of_xterm):
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
6739 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern_c_string ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6740 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6741 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6742 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6743 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6744 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6745 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6746 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6747 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6748 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6749 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6750 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6751 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6752 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6753 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6754 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6755 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6756 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6757 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6758 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6759 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6760 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6761 |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6762 DEFVAR_LISP ("initial-window-system", &Vinitial_window_system, |
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6763 doc: /* Name of the window system that Emacs uses for the first frame. |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6764 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6765 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6766 |
85614
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6767 DEFVAR_KBOARD ("window-system", Vwindow_system, |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6768 doc: /* Name of window system through which the selected frame is displayed. |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6769 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6770 The value is nil if the selected frame is on a text-only-terminal. */); |
9f3a25157e4f
Make `window-system' into a keyboard-local variable (rather than
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85252
diff
changeset
|
6771 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6772 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6773 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
85826 | 6774 For X windows, this is 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6775 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6776 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6777 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6778 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6779 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6780 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6781 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6782 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6783 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6784 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6785 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6786 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6787 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6788 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6789 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6790 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6791 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6792 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6793 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6794 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6795 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6796 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6797 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6798 | |
71323
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6799 #if PERIODIC_PREEMPTION_CHECKING |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6800 DEFVAR_LISP ("redisplay-preemption-period", &Vredisplay_preemption_period, |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6801 doc: /* *The period in seconds between checking for input during redisplay. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6802 If input is detected, redisplay is pre-empted, and the input is processed. |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6803 If nil, never pre-empt redisplay. */); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6804 Vredisplay_preemption_period = make_float (0.10); |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6805 #endif |
e882f189c3af
Modify preemptive redisplay to be based on periodic checks for input.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
71211
diff
changeset
|
6806 |
314 | 6807 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP |
6808 if (noninteractive) | |
6809 #endif | |
6810 { | |
83014
f5cadabb36dd
Support for opening X frames from a tty session.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
83010
diff
changeset
|
6811 Vinitial_window_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6812 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; |
6813 } | |
6814 } | |
52401 | 6815 |
6816 /* arch-tag: 8d812b1f-04a2-4195-a9c4-381f8457a413 | |
6817 (do not change this comment) */ |